Professional Documents
Culture Documents
LABORATORY?
OR,
SCHOOL OF ARTS:
CONTAINING
ENAMELLERS,
||
II
GOLDSMITHS,
DYERS,
CUTLERS,
JOINERS,
BOOK-BINDERS,
PLASTERERS,
II
JAPANNERS,
ARTISTS,
||
PEWTERERS,
IN
COMPILED ORIGINALLY BY
G.
SMITH.
S>iptlJ
v
<5ition,
"if
.A
r.KEAT
VOL
I.
LONDON:
PRINTED BY
FOR
C.
WHlTlINGIIAM
SYMONDS,
J.
WALLIS, AND
1799.
PREFACE
TO
THEon
less task to
endeavour
tage to mankind.
to point
senses,
confirm
must
result
ventions.
The
human
in-
much
labour
knowledge would be less extenbecause the price would be too high for
diffusion of
sive
a 2
the
PREFACE.
IV
would
chance to remain scattered and uncollected.
But whilst the succession of every year may
have thrown a light upon the principles of
many facts which were before unknown to us,
we should take heed that many of the facts
the generality of readers, and discoveries
The
us.
history of
loss
of
many
arts,
Had
restoring.
art
may
be long in
manual of every
the simple
to
be-
in the possession of
we should
what we may
Of
these valuable
probably be
lost,
is
alone sufficient
to
The
which
original plan
is
now announced
to the
Public, was to
in
a reasonable
Why
PREFACE.
Why
work of
so distant a date
owing
is
it
to the
reasons
a repository of
is
held
is still
many
those in
common
under those
it
and such
be
shops will
druggists
at
use,
as
on enquiry
known and
sold
titles.
A work of this
kind
be not adapted
to the
reading of philosophi-
for unless
cal students
is
periods,
rials
custom of tradesmen
blished
following
the
Many
found
in the East.
entirely
by comparing it
many of them are abridg-
expunged,
and a variety
Sometimes whole
paragraphs, and even chapters, have been
transposed
which has been purposely done,
to arrange it in a series more orderly and coned
of
new
matter
is
added.
venient.
PREFACE.
VI
The chapter on
venient.
Fire-works, for
one of the
it
iri^
forms
earliest
will be likely to
more
undertake
some
to
peculiarities,
such
and
as the usual
ordi-
new
employed
expression to be
ter-gilders are
employ
also
it
pendent of
their use
accustomed
constantly.
known
to
every
artists
yet
it
to
Some
is
inde-
compo-
unless a display of
the
of society,
in gilding; but
knowledge be preferred
to
to be black-
iron; called
PREFACE.
Vii
the
first
glance, and to
original stock
them
in request
still
additions to the
many
of
by workmen, whose
time
tle
are
make
principally busied in
is
effects.
therefore,
Till,
whose time
to leave
is
at his
the condensed hiftory, the rationale, and improved manual of the operative arts, we mull:
be content to offer such as is known, and add
the addition of
tirely
new
that the
merly known,
whereby a basis
will
is
old, another
still
left for
The
just
obsolete experiments
sure
removed
class of
and
advantage
methods of working
be
in
for-
preservation,
improvement, by the
unfolding.
By
produced.
expunging the
will accrue
is
is
gradually
is,
therefore, in
it is
to
some mea-
these recreations
concern,
vm
PREFACE,
concern,
tion
may
which
find the
it
is
so
amusement and
much
instruc-
tivate.
Before a
scrvations,
final close
it
may
is
put
be proper
to the
to
above
ob->
remark, that
a,
own
is
attainable,
to the
no
few
may
from destruction, to
be
the future benefit of ourselves, and the probable
and if our ideas be, at
benefit of posterity
thus instantly preserved
first,
in
symbols of
Editor.
ix
CONTENTS
THE FIRST VOLUME.
PART
I.
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS
Of
2
3
Nitre
sulphur, or brimstone
Charcoal
How to break or granulate sulphur
To combine
oil
4>
ib.
with sulphur
make
make moulds
prepare cases
camphor, and
artificial
5
ib.
its oil
for rockets
ib.
swarmers, or rockets
Preliminary observations in preparing the charges for rockets;
and to order their fires of various colours
Charges for land swarmers, or small rockets
A general charge for rockets of two or three ounces
Charges for rockets of four, five, and six ounces
water rockets
For eight, nine, arid twelve ounce rockets
one, and one and a half pound rockets
for
8
10
ib.
ib.
ib.
12
ib.
pound rockets
or nine pounders
ten ami twelve pounders
fourteen, fifteen, and sixteen pounders
eighteen or twenty pounders
four or rive
13
six, eight,
ib.
thirty, forty,
sixty, eighty,
To
bore the
For garnishing of rockets
flow to proportion the rocket-poles and sticks
a
ib.
14>
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
15
16
Rockets
CONTENTS.
Page
Rockets without
Of
16
sticks
girandel chests;
tired therein
17
18
Their composition
Of rockets that run upon lines, or ropes, from one place to
another
Charges for the line rockets
How to join two rockets to one another; the one to burn in
the water, and the other suddenly to fly up into the air
How to make water-rockets, water-brands, water-cats, water-ducks, &c. that turn themselves in the water
Charges for water-rockets
ib.
19
20
21
23
water-crackers
tumbling water-crackers
water-cats
Some general remarks upon rockets
Observations for discovering defective rockets
Of rocket-flyers, and the manner of charging them
fire-wheels
tourbillons
24-
ib.
lb.
25
ib.
26
27
28
30
31
ib.
ib.
&c
ib.
33
ib.
The
3j
ib.
36
Another
37
3S
Of salvo's
Charges
for cartouches, or
boxes
ib.
hie tubes
A preservative for wood against fire
The manner of preparing, and making letters and names in
ib.
ib.
fire- works
Charges
for
burning
39
letters with cases
To
ib.
Of
ib.
water-balls
How
To
many crackers
prepare a water-mortar, or water pump, with se-
veral tubes
42
44
45
46
47
How
CONTENTS.
XI
Page
How
bee-swarms
perfumed water-balls
The c ampositioBs for, them
The manner, of preparing the melted stu ft
..
..
48
ib.
49
50
ib.
51
ib.
52
ib.
crackers
the globes, discharged out of a mortar, are
How
ib.
made and
ordered
Fo prepare
Observation
Of
Method
69
71
in
Of
57
58
00
62
64
II.
gold
Purification of gold
56
67
Of
54
55
66
.'
lutes
PART
A
53
cementation
the dry way
ib.
75
76
by antimony
ib.
77
7S
silver
73
74
though
79
80
To
CONTENTS.
Xll
Pa*
To
Another method
separate copper from
To
ib.
Gilding upon
81
ib.
silver, brass,
copper, andiron
ib.
ib.
83
ib.
84
ib.
ib.
82
...
85
ib.
in a
mo-
ib.
The
ib.
To
86
87
ib.
A gold powder
Another for cold gilding
powder to gild with
A
87
88
ib.
quickening water"
89
To
Of
to
quicken brass
90
ib.
91
ib.
ib.
92
Nuremberg gilding-wax
To make all metals malleable
How
ib.
ib.
93
for gilding
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
94
ib.
ib.
<>j
ib.
ib.
ib.
96
ib.
ib.
A water
CONTENTS.
XIH
Page
To
Of
To
colour.
A curious secret
colour gold
give gold a fine and high colour
gilded work a line colour
brighten spots in gilding
give old silver-lace, or trimmings, the beauty and colour
of new
the hell, or helling of gold
hell gold, or gilt
How
work
Another method
An improved method
i*7
ifa.
ib.
ib.
93
ib.
ib.
99
ib.
from
gilt silver
tankards or cups
...
100
ib.
from
101
silver
How
ib.
To
ib.
To make aurum
102
ib.
ib.
ib.
103
ib.
ib.
ib.
104
ib,.
...
ib.
it
ib.
Another
Another
106
ib.
To make
To make
silver
a curious
brass
copper, or brass
10.9
most proper
to silver
silvering
To
silver
it
with
thumb
ib.
on copper
ib.
it
silver
ib.
110
in lire
the finger or
ib.
107
108
ib.
Another way
105
ib.
to
ib.
113
PART
CONTENTS.
XIV
PART
III.
Page
The
art of
Enamelling
in
Of enamelling
in
ordinary
13
colours
ib.
To
14
ib.
ib.
J15
Yellow colour
ib.
ib.
high yellow
Brimstone colour
A black colour
A good red
ib.
ib.
1 ]<i
Another
ib.
good red
ib.
Blue colours
ib.
Green
Grass green
Brown
ib.
colours
Purple colour
ib.
ib.
Hair colour
ib.
Fawn
colour
Carnation colour
steel red for enamel
Of the art of painting on enamel
To prepare the principal matter for enamel colours
t make enamel of a milk-white colour
A turcoise blue enamel
fine blue enamel
green enamel
black enamel
velvet- black enamel
purple-colour enamel
ib.
118
ib.
ib.
120
121
122
123
violet enamel
yellow enamel
ib.
124
ib.
<
An
17
ib.
125
ib.
...
ib.
126
ib.
127
128
ib.
130
ib.
Another
CONTEXTS.
XV
Page
artificial pear's
132
133
way
method
Uk
To form
Korn
ib.
135
135
ib.
137
Of doublets
Method of making doublets
The crystal glue of Milan
138
139
141
Instructions concerning
foils,
ib.
142,
143
145
To
ib.
ib.
...
The
making
artificial
gems
ib.
The way
To
A deeper emerald
To make a paste for imitating an
make an artificial chrysolite
Oriental topaz
To
your work
make
fine
ib.
150
ib.
ib.
ib.
151
ib.
ib.
ib.
152
ib.
by
make a
The opal
Of crystal
ib.
153-
a sapphire
147
148
149
ib.
US
Another way
aqua-fortis
a reverberatory fire
hyacinth
to make a diamond of a
natural crystal
to make a diamond out of a sapphire, according to
Porta's description
ib.
15*
ib.
ib.
155
ib.
ib.
ib.
How
156
To
CONTENTS.
XVI
tage
To make
Another
a fine amethyst
ruby, or a line hyacinth
1.^7
>
artificial
ib.
ruby
158
To make
a ruby balass
harden Bohemian diamonds
ib.
ib.
Plain directions for polishing the counterfeits, and also natural gems
powder for polishing
PART
The
159
160
soft stones
IV.
Of
161
glass
ib.
Materials of glass
To prepare ashes for making glass
Description of a calcar
Another method of preparing ashes
162
163
165
To make
166
167
168
16y
170
ib.
Compositions
for
ib.
171
flint glass
172
To
To
How
Blue
t\
lay silver
on
drinking cups,
&c
glass utensils,
ib.
upon
176
ib.
dishes, salts,
of glass globes, so as to
like looking-glass
art of painting
plates,
ib.
ib.
177
17S
171
175
them look
ib.
ib.
chrysolite glass
to
173
ib.
glass
How
ib.
glass
make
ib.
179
Neceffary
CONTENTS.
XVX1
Page
Necessary observations
the colours, after
baking of
painted
in the
it is
glass, or
burning-in
180
182
.-
Of
black colours
ib.
A brown colour
A reJ colour
A blue colour
183
ib.
ib.
18^j
green colour
fine yellow paint for glass
pale yellow
How to "deaden the glass, and fit it to paint upon
Some general observations on the management of painting
and baking of glass
A particular way to paint upon a drinking glass
-.
write or
The
draw upon
fine
How
To
Another
ibi
ib.
ib.
189
earthen ware
white
Saltzburg white
To
ib.
ib.
lay a ground
The
common
ware
is
ib.
ib.
190
thus glazed
ib.
ib.
191
citron colour
green colour
blue colour
brown colour
colour
purple brown
ib.
ib.
l$3
flesh
An
ib.
ib.
iron grev
black
ib.
ib.
...."....,
brown on white
red
193
fine
To glaze
A green
fine
ib.
yellow
giod yellow
blue glass
brown
colour
sea green
ib.
ib.
ib-
J94
to paint
with
ib.
ib.
liver
To
ib.
188
ware
shining white
line
186
monly
The Rotterdam
ib.
187
glass
mid painting on
art of glazing
ib.
185
ib.
To
ib.
,..
,
*'.
lay gold, silver or copper on earthen ware, so as to resemble either of these metals
.-..,.
:
ib.
195
PART
XV 111
CONTENTS.
PART
V.
Page
196
ib.
197
IDS
ib.
ib.
199
ib.
200
201
ib.
202
203
204
ib.
205
.-.'
Another
To
ib.
ib.
208
T.
ib.
207
pewib.
20V
Another
ib.
ib.
210
ib.
ib.
211
ib.
smell, and in several colours
Mixtures for casting mirrors, and for casting other things ...
21.2.
ih.For reflecting mirrors
$
21.3
Ant ther
214
sort of steel mixture for mirrors
.. 215
Peter Shot's metallic mixture for minors
An
CONTENTS.
XIX
P.ige
An uncommon way
To cast iron
2 17
2 18
ib.
steel
219
Another method
ib-
How
Of
To
of plates
cast plaster of Paris
ib.
221
on copperplates
mixture which may be used for making impressions of
any kind, and which will grow as hard as stone
To
PART
A
220
ib.
got
.,
VI.
Turners, Japanners,
&c
To
223
steel
ib.
Damascan blades
ib.
harden sword-blades
How
to imitate the
ib.
Damascan blades
are hardened
a sword-blade, so as to retain always an odoriferous Scent
harden steel and iron, which will resist and cut common
iron
temper steel, so as to cut iron like lead
Several other temperings of steel and iron
A particular secret to harden armour
To temper steel or iron, so as to make excellent knives
i
the
2J-t
To perfume
ib.
ib.
225
ib.
226
ib.
Another method
ib.
To
ib.
227
ib.
288
The powder
To
ib.
ib.
oil
Another
229
230
oil
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
at
once
231
Tfl
XX
CONTENTS.
To make
231
232
ib.
ib.
233
To make
pewter hard
Another method to make pewter
ib.
234
as white as silver
To make
ib.
235
all sorts
of metals, especially
iron
ib.
To make
tin
which
and colour of
shall
silver
ib
237
flow easy
solder, for
To make
ib.
ib.
pewter
ib.
of worked buttons of
238
The
ib.
241
ib.
pewter
A method to
To gild lead
242
ib.
ib.
to
243
ib.
brass,
is
ing, malleable
ib.
24<<-
ib.
make copper
as white as silver
Choice secrets for book-binders
To prepare a lack varnish for book- binders, for
ib.
240
French
bindings
ib.
French leather
To
247
248
ib.
250
ib.
ib.
251
fire
in sticks
ib.
ib.
upon
ib.
black colour
To
ib.
249
blue
.
ib.
paper
252
ib.
To
CONTENTS.
XXI
Page
To
233
ib.
make good
For
ib.
254
writing ink
ib.
255
256
ib.
To make
ib.
Yellow ink
To make
257
or other characters,
letters,
colour
of a gold or silver
ib.
make
paper
Choice secrets for cabinet-makers, and turners
To prepare a black colour for staining wood
oil
ebony wood
Another, but more costly, method
Another method
An excellent secret to dye wood of any colour
To dye wood of a red colour
Another red for dying wood
To etch figures upon wood
marble upon wood
ib.
262
263
ib.
264
ib.
266
ib.
261
ib.
26&
it).
ib.
ggg
ib.
stain
ib.
270
260
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
25'J
ib.
25$
265
imitate
ib.
ib.
271
a gilded
272
Varieties
contents.
inra
Pag
and metais
glas-s,
272
An excellent
A good stone
ib.
273
ib.
274
ib.
A good
water-cement
Stone-glue, wherewith you may glue either stone or glass ...
An exceeding fine cement to mend broken china, or glasses
A cement for broken glasses
A lute or cement, for cracksin glasses used for chemical preparations, which will stand the lire
To join broken amber
....
,.
An excellent glue or cement to mix with stone, glass, marble, &c. in order to make utensils, images, and other
,
things therewith
glue-sticks
ib^
275
ib.
ib.
276
ib.
Good
ib.
dries quickly
or spittle glue, tit for book-binders
ib.
277
A cement
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
278
ib.
ib.
27^
ib.
ib.
280
ib.
Another
ib.
To prepare horn
Another method
ib.
281
ib.
To
Another
fine varnish for blue,
them
ib.
2S3
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
28J
ib
285
282
ib.
will
make
2SS
A Chinese
XXUi
CONTENTS.
A Chinese
287
How
Avery
Indian varnish
To japan with gold, glass, or any other metallic spangles ...
A very fine varnish for a violin
choice varnish which cannot be hurt by wet
good varnish for paintings
fine marbling on wood, or japanning
gold varnish, wherewith you may gild any silvered
or tinned articles, with such lustre as if done with gold
fine
Of
coral
To make
work
red coral branches, for the embellishment of grottos
PART
>b.
288
289
ib.
290
|b.
ib.
231
298
ib.
VII.
The
art of preparing Colours for Painters ; with several methods of Gilding, &c
Of blue colours
To make, or prepare, ultramarine
Another method, less troublesome
To prepare a curious blue colour, little inferior to ultramarine, from blue smalt
from
ib.
ib.
ib.
298
Another method
Turnsol, a beautiful colour
....
Prussian blue
Of several red colours
Lake, or laque
To extract lake from scarlet wool
make fine vermilion
How to purify vermilion
To make a fine purple colour
Colours extracted from Howers, &c
How to extract yellow, blue, violet, and other colours
Kunkel's method of extracting the colours from flowers, &c.
Of yellow colours
'["rue Naples' yellow
Masticot, or massicot
Orange colour
ib.
290'
297
ib.
ib.
silver
Another method
Anot her
To
294
ib.
299
ib.
ib.
300
ib.
301
302
303
ib.
304
ib.
305
306
ib.
ib.
ib.
Ot
CONTENTS.
XXIV
Of
green colours
How
to
306
make good
verdigrise
ib.
Another
307
easier method to
To make
make
verdigrise
ib.
dyers
30S
To make
fine
ib.
309
ib.
310
ib.
311
white lead
Another method
to
ib,
make white
lead
ib.
312
Nottingham white
ib.
To
ib.
313
ib.
ib.
314
White
Of
for water-colours,
fit
for paper-stainers,
&c
ib.
315
To burn
lamp-black,
in
order to
make
it
finer,
and of
a bet-
ter colour
How
ib.
make
to
ib.
316
ib.
ib.
ib.
317
ib.
ib.
ib.
318
319
letters
ib.
ib.
ib.
3~0
PART
CONTENTS.
PART
XXV
VI H.
A particular method
32j|
To
...
Another method
ib.
ib.
much
323
shorter
less fallible
ib.
322
ib.
To
324<
To make
326
phosphorus
Another method to prepare phosphorus
process for making phosphorus
To
luminous matter
prepare a room, or closet,
ib.
327
328
rounded by
fire
ib.
luminous stone
The preparation of pyrophorus
a species of
329
ib.
pyrophorus
How
To
tables
to extract oil from herbs, flowers or seeds
curious secret to distil herbs, so that the water will retain
both their colour and taste
How
A
ib.
525
To make
vinegar of wine
ib.
331
ib.
332
ib.
333
ib.
335
ib.
336
ib.
PART
Several Secrets relating to Marble
marble
Stained marble
Artificial
A more
330
expeditious process
IX.
337
ib.
338
339
How
CONTENTS.
XXVI
Pag*
How
To
-ft
imitate marble
paint on wood in imitation of marble
imitate, and counterfeit, agate
imitate jasper
to clean alabaster, or white marble
ib.
342
ib.
How
To
stain alabaster-images of
imitate marble,
How
in
all
343
sorts of colours
ib.
sulphur
ib.
344
345
prophyry, on a glass
tomake fret-work ceilings
Mosaic-work
How to
perform
340
341
ib.
it
skilfully
ib.
PART
X.
in*-
34i
ib.
350
351
ib.
How
352
354
Of
355
Paper-black
to paint or colour cattle
birds
flowers
metals
356
fruit
of drawing in perspective
...
Of
357
353
359
360
ib.
361
362
ib.
363
ib.
ib.
364
ib.
PART
CONTENTS.
XXVAA
PART XL
Page
Of Cosmetics,
How
.,
368
.,..,,
ib*
Another
ib.
369
M.
ib.
To
prepare
oil
ib.
370
of Benjamin, or benzoin
371
Oil of roses
cloves
ib.
ib.
372
i!>.
...
373
for
oil,
for
An
ib.
for
ib.
374
excellent tooth-powder
ib.
Another dentifrice
ib.
375
Imperial water
Venetian water, to clear a sun-burnt complexion
ib.
To
preserve flowers
liniment to destroy vermin
fine varnish for the skin
remedy for whitloes
ib.
37<>
ib.
ib.
>
Almond
ib.
ib.
378
White pomatum
A pomatum to remove wrinkles
ib.
jb.
Method
PART
ib.
37.0
ib.
ib.
ib.
380
XII.
How
377.
...
380
3S1
Another
CONTENTS.
KXV1U
worsted,
stuff,
ib.
3&4
ib.
ib.
Another method
385
for silk
ib.
line carnation
ib.
How
382
383
386
or cotton
ib.
387
..
ib.
ib.
388
management, both
for silk
and
worsted
3S9
390
Of dying
silk,
ib.-
391
ib.
ib.
392
colour
dye yarn of a yellow colour
dye green yarn, or linen, black
dye silk an orange colour
ib.
393
ib.
Another orangecolour
ib.
fine
lour
ib.
ib.
ib.
395
ib.
ib.
To
396
394
black colour
dye woollen of a good black
Another black colour for woollen
fur plush
To dye silk of a good black
Another manner for dying silk
To dve a grey colour
ib.
ib.
3L'7
ib.
398
in cloth, stuff,
...
i!>.
ib.
3'39
d'ye linen of a
ib.
ib.
400
&c.
ib.
401
"
,,.,...
402
CONTENTS.
XXIX
Page
To dye
silk or
402
worsted
Another
403
Of madder, and
its
ib.
404
405
Of
407
ib.
406
ib.
indigo
Turmeric
ib.
Brasil-wood
Archil
Orleans' yellow
408
Gall-nuts, or galls
409
ib.
ib.
PART
Stenography;
or, the
The
universal regulator of
Short-hand writing
409
410
ib.
PART
Miscellaneous.
XIII.
XIV.
Of Snuff-making
414
417
How to reduce
>
...
ib.
method
419
Snuff of Mille-fleur
after the
ib.
method practised
at
Rome
ib.
The
To
whiten
*.
420
ib.
ib.
ib.
...
wax
421
ib.
422
ib.
in large
manufactories
How to
multiply wax
mutton-suet candles, in imitation of
make soap
prevent any thing from burning in the fire
To make
ib.
418
wax candles
423
424
425
ib.
4 Jo
To
CONTENTS.
**X
Page
4-2G
the Vin-doux
Vin-bourru, of an excellent taste
- imitate Malvoisie
change red wine into white, and white into red
prevent wine from fusting, otherwise tasting of the cask,
and to give it both a taste and flavour quite agreeable ...
make a vine produce sweet wine
a sweet wine of a very agreeable flavour, and be-
428
I'o
ib.
427
ib.
ib.
ib.
sides very
To
wholesome
ib.
ib
431
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
into
vi-
432
new wine
taste
an old wine
wine
prevent wine from turning
clarify
taste in
To correct
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
wine
Another way
To
ib.
433
wine
ib.
ib.
ib.
easily
. correct a musty
Another method
ib.
ib.
ib.
for twelve
'.
negar
429
430
months
wine turn black
clarify wine which is turned
correct a bad flavour in wine
prevent wine from spoiling and turning
thunder and lightning from hurting wine
wine from corrupting
make
ib.
ib-
ib.
ib:
ib.
434
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
435
ib.
ib.
ib.
436
To
CONTENTS.
XXXI
Page
To
restore a wine
correct a bad taste
43b"
and sourness
in
wine
ib.
Another way
ib.
way
437
...
way
way
method
way
A method of making people drunk, without endangering
their health
Another way
To
ib.
ib.
ib.
438
ib.
ib.
ib.
ib.
43V
ib.
...
ib.
ib.
...
ib
THE
LABORATORY
OR,
SCHOOL OF ARTS.
PART
I.
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
AS
compounded of three
we
nent parts
Nitre,
Gunpowder
it
is
i$
of
its
compo-
so well
known by
its effects,
as to render
than to
state, that
it is
and
fifteen
Many
Other pro-
because
on the total decomposition of the nitre, and the rapidity with which it is performed. The accuracy and intimacy of the mixture must
its
degree of danger.
vol.
i,
is
em-
ployed,
THE LABORATORY.
ployed, in which
and
in
wooden mortars
is a wooden
each of which
moved by the
The matewooden mortars, for
pestle,
are
rials
in these
now
powder
into grains,
which
its
Nothing
is
it
the grains
the fingers, or
are
made
larger
for cannon,
fiat
piece of
the
the mill,
for.
is
rendered smoother,
less liable to
readily
formed
and
surface
its
rical air
work,
this,
by
sifting
it
and the
finer
powder
is
We now proceed
and
first
to treat briefly of
of
NITRE.
Nitre,
or
common
saltpetre,
and
its
ing in
This
is
salt
is
of a fresh taste,
dihedral pyramids,
is
and
There
it
is
continually
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
ally
forming
in places
animal
its
substances
for
liquors,
it is
known
and in a
state
be formed.
beds of
fact, that
Secondly, animal
places watered
by
stables,
hills,
to
First,
nitre.
Upon
artificial
air,
To
nitre-works.
this effect,
number of
which
is
But
this
all
Europe with
own
use,
nies.
attended
it
and emo-
little
keeps
state,
has been
this
commodity,
Townsend
but she
and that of her colo;
abun-
When
globe.
nitre has
of gunpowder.
OF SULPHUR, OR BRIMSTONE.
Sulphur,
brittle,
burnt
tible.
a combustible body;
drv,
when
or brimstone,
of a peculiar
It is electric
taste,
when
is
which
is
usually obtained
stance
THE LABORATORY.
it is
ma;
it
One end
oblong furnace.
taining water.
though impure
and
it is
in an iron ladle,
to
it
be preci-
per
boiler,
It is
it is
CHARCOAL.
Charcoal
is
of vegetable matter,
which
which
It
contain vital or
is
pure
air,
all
plosion of gunpowder.
preferred,
by many,
The
substances
charcoal of willow-wood
is
gunpowder
of hard woods is
it
be thoroughly
we
detail a
its
in a cursory
several parts,
it
previous to describing
How
Take some
and
let it
to
spirits
dissolve
stick,
and
stir it
about
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
about
it
till
again have
it
To combine
sand.
like
little
you would
If
nitre kito
it.
Fill
third full
on
this
pour
full:
as
set
much nut
it in warm
and the
oil will
it
fill
stand
To make
Take
artificial
in a glass phial
then take
set
it
and you
measure
is
for
will
it
expose
it
it
them together
close
warm
camphor
pulverized by grinding
of camphor
is
it
this,
To
Rockets
??iake
will turn
Moulds for
bearing the
it
little
it
some
oil
of
in a brass
into a green
oil.
fiockets,
pre-eminence,
month,
in
made by adding
which
is
give
horse dung
oil
it
twenty days in
it
The
its Oil.
distilled
works,
Camphor, and
part of
is
requisite to
them how
they are
made of
ivory
Some
also
manner
its
cylinder,
THE LABORATORY.
may in these, as in
wood. The whole is commonly
others,
remain of solid
turned
of the size and form of a column in architecture
and
embellished with ornaments, according to the taste of the
;
fire-worker.
The
size
diameters
is
for rockets
but for
of the cylinder
artificers, to be,
Those
orifice.
The
of one,
balls
two,
or three
pounds and great ones are such, whose bore will receive
balls from three to a hundred pounds.
Rocket moulds, from some ounces to three pounds, are
;
the foot,
is rammed in
having, always, one still shorter,
when the shell of the rocket is rammed half full,
you may use that with more ease. For the better illustra-
the charge
that,
tion,
see
fig.
1.
representing
the
AB
mould with
its
basis,
C D the height of the mould, seven diamefrom D to E is the height of the breech at bottom,
which stops the mould when the rocket is driving and;
the mould
ters
this is
have a
solid cylinder,
orifice
AB
Upon
this
bottom you
this cylinder is
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
and cylinder together.
The
2.
roller.
The rammer.
3.
4.
made
These
be twelve diameters.
will
sort
of
tial,
proper attitude
its
it
will require
To prepare
The
made of
of things,
sorts
viz.
paper, wood,
tin,
different
pasteboard, linen,
leather, &c.
it
taken in winding, or
and
close.
2.
use
1.
made
must be observed,
That each
and, 3.
size.
thick, planed
or lesser,
saddle.
To
these
to serve for
and
is
roller
in,
is
put
and
as the
man
presses
by
this
be.
six
is
pound
brought as tight as
shells
it
is
to
it
and,
ought to
be observed, that
each
THE LABORATORY.
each sheet of paper (except the first and last, in the part
where the neck is formed) be a little moistened.
The
necks of rockets
may be formed
several ways:
a well twisted
and put between one's legs, and the other to a post, will
draw it close with ease. The large shells require more
one end of a strong cord being fastened to a
and the other to a leathern belt, with a hook, as
strength
post,
fig.
and
this,
by main
Some make
force,
as you see
in fig. 8.
fixed a post, to
which a cord
is
fixed,
is
which
is
it
See
tight.
The
fastened,
fig. 9.
necks
and round-necked
The wooden,
See
fig.
10.
wooden
pegs.
Before you
is
is
well
palpable powder
dried,
or
and
made
sifted
into
an im-
and
of
powdered,
and
all
well
burnt,
mixed
When
you are
work board,
fig.
11.
and grind
it
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
an hour:
for
fig. 12.
little
on a
table,
even
fire,
fly up,
a sign that
it is
it is
worked
enough
but
place that
is
if at
damp,
in a box,
little
rocket,
brandy.
port as soon as
fection
it
turns,
is
too fierce
falls
a sign of being
it is
is
or if
foul
it
made
to per-
is
lighted,
it
rises a little,
and weak
and
: the former
is
rectified
some meal-powder.
You may
it.
cular,
THE LABORATORY.
10
cular,
more
fit
young
to perplex a
The
charges are
commonly
down
sorts
of
you have
ingredients, viz.
charcoal
mealed gunpowder *,
the
to
wherefore
to
and charcoal
nitre, sulphur,
two ingredients,
nitre,
sulphur and
viz.
viz.
Mealed
ounce.
Or,
may
Nitre,
or
saltpetre,
two ounces,
half an
sulphur
half.
pounds,
nitre
is
onlv,
is
used,
it
whole gunpowder.
general
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
II
A general
Mealed
two ounces,
nitre
Powder,
i.e.
gunpowder,
five,
and
six Ounces.
pound and
ounces and a
half,
ounces.
nitre
one pound,
sulphur three
Powder
two
nitre
Nitre four pounds, sulphur fourteen ounces, and charcoal one pound.
For
eight, nine,
Mealed
Powder
four pounds,
nitre three
pounds and a
half,
nitre
nitre
eight ounces.
Nitre
THE LABORATORY.
12
Nitre ten ounces and a half, sulphur one ounce, charcoal three ounces, and brass file-dust half an ounce.
For
one,
Powder two pounds, nitre two pounds and a half, sulphur twelve ounces, and charcoal one pound three ounces.
Powder
Powder
six
pounds and
a half, charcoal
one pound.
nitre
sul-
nitre
sul-
half.
half.
Powder
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
Powder twelve ounces, nitre one pound
13
eight ounces,
Powder
ounces and a
half,
nitre
eight ounces,
half.
sulphur two
For four or
Mealed
powder
phur one pound and
Jive
Pound
Rockets.
a half,
six
Or,
ounces.
Nitre
six
sixty-four pounds,
and
For
Pounders.
pounds and a
half.
Or,
half,
and
For
Nitre
ten
sixty-two pounds,
nitre
seven pounds,
sulphur
For
:;
THE LABORATORY.
14
For fourteen,
Powder
fifteen,
and
sixteen Pounders.
Powder
sul-
For
Powder
thirty, forty,
eight pounds,
pounds, sulphur
For
Nitre
sixty, eighty,
thirty-six
Nitre
fifty
To
ram them
is
the
of the
bores are to be
size
rockets
to a point
others are
rammed
See
fig.
1.
is
I,
and
fixed
which
The
be the bore
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
^der
break in ascending
and
it
effect
commonly,
they are
is
if it is
will fall to
in
15
it
will
and the
the ground without any
middling charges, bored
bored too
little,
them
to send
The
to a turner.
are to be used
and kept
in
dry places
This
is
rocket.
You may
with sparks,
and
when
fire-rain,
You may
winding
THE LABORATORY.
1G
filled
with
must have a touch-hole, and be lighted before the rocket is let off, and it will have a good
effect.
Several other things may be done that way, as
;
this globe
See
fig.
14,
15.
How
It
is
to
common
may be
or seven
to tie but
one rocket
to a stick
but six
fig. 17.
But as no
were not for the true
balance observed in the pole or stick, you must further
observe, that these sticks are made of light, dry, and
strait wood, and must (to one and two pound rockets) be
seven times as long as the rocket which proportion, of
the small ones of seven diameters, must also be observed
in the larger sort.
That end where the rocket is tied to,
must be two-fifths and below, one sixth of the diameter.
It is best to give the turner an unborcd rocket, and one
that is bored, thereby not only to measure the length, but
if
it
take
which
is
it
is
tied to the
rocket
There
are rockets
made without
sticks.
Fix to the
they
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
IT
they are bored and rammed) four wings, in the nature of
arrow-feathers, made either of light wood or paste-board,
and glued crossways to the rocket their length must be
and the breadth, below, one-sixth of the length
:
two-thirds
of the rocket
the thickness
See
may
fig.
be one-eighth of the
18,
and
These
19.
sort
fired
;
Of Girandel
ball to
See
Chests
mouth of
the rocket,
fig.
21.
The
what
size
they
fire
them
fire-works,
is
the best
way
manner
Cut some slips of paper, of the length of half a sheet,
and about one or two inches wide roll, and glue, each
of them together over a little round and smooth stick, of
following
done, take
this
it
off,
when
fill it
ramming it
These sort of
that upon which you rolled the shell.
matches are put upon pinchers, as you see in fig. 22 and
;
when they
by rain or wind.
vol.
I.
Their
THE LABORATORY.".
18
Their Composition.
Mealed
ed with linseed
oil.
Mealed powder one pound, nitre one pound, and sulphur thirteen ounces, moistened with linseed oil.
Mealed powder one pound, nitre one pound four ounces,
sulphur four ounces, charcoal two ounces, resin two ounces
and a half, moistened with turpentine and linseed oil, and
worked well together.
Mealed powder twelve ounces, nitre two ounces, sulphur three ounces and a half, charcoal an ounce and a
and tallow three ounces
and a quarter
first
in the paper
Of
shells
when
among
it,
and pour
from
it
for use.
fit
one place
another.
to
different
ways
and
them wiih
garnish
to
give
figures
of
various devices.
The first
wooden
sort
is
run;
this is
sented in
it
fig.
is
to
through these
to reach,
it
its
there stops.
combustible matter
This
sort is repre-
23.
sort,
fill
bore
but
it
much
orifice is
longer, to the
and
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
Upon
19
and a
half.
prevent the
this
when
fire,
from catching
case.
the
same height
and make a
little
or else,
after this
(three
fit
little
made of very
tube
mealed powder
cap
to this add,
which
fill
fig.
it,
24.
on one
fill
with
middle, and
at
it
is
this is
in the
done
to
rings, or a
make
wooden
all
You
The
the greater,
You may
round.
crackers
pretty.
these
the diversion
running rockets,
may be
either
flying
dragons,
Mealed powder
half,
will
be a right proportion
ounce rockets.
c 2
Mealed
THE LABORATORY.
20
nitre
nitre seven
ounces,
and twenty-four
for sixteen
pounders.
nitre half a
pound, sulphur
This charge
proper for three quarters and one pound line rockets.
is
that
How
to
and
the Water,
Take
w
ith
to
two rocket
a stick, as usual
to the
middle of the
full
a leaden
ball,
to the
which
the one
up
to
burn in
fill
one
latter
of equal dimensions
shells
tie to
one another
is
tie
it
io the
end, the
fire will
make
its
way through
the pipe,
and
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
and
by
21
its
force from
the case of the other, and leave the cord, ring and ball,
How
make
to
fig.
26.
The whole
rockets.
case
long,
charged two-fifths
full
is
to
of composition
it
then cover
upon
it
as sky-
upon
this,
and be
charge
the charge
it
up a little in
the neck, and supplied with brandy-dough, or mealed
powder moistened with brandy, and glued over with
paper and having fixed a wooden swimmer below the
neck, it is dipped in wax and pitch, and is ready for use.
together with a cord
is lifted
pared
This case
made nine
drawn
is
quite close,
:
that
is
the rest
is
filled
with
is
to
we
may
;;
THE LABORATORY.
22
and
soon
will not so
till
little
far-
as the report
anoint
it all
The
oil.
commonly rammed
water-
one
and a half, and two ounce, cases, stratified in the manner
just mentioned, taking two measures for each lay of water
cat-charge, and a little corn powder between each.
There are other sorts of rockets, that may be represented swimming on the water these are made in the
same manner as the one, or one ounce and a half rockets,
crackers, or divers, are
in one,
wooden
must be equal
you have
fitted
wax, or pitch
and when
You may
full
See
fig.
cold,
it
you may
it
fire
when
into
melted
and
fling
it
bladder
to the
sorts
or else in a
two
powder
and
to this
fixed an iron or
wooden tube
from
each
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
23
air.
See
fig.
it
32,
Mealed
powder
powder
one ounce.
Nitre one pound, sulphur eight ounces, mealed powder
eight ounces, and charcoal four ounces and a half.
Nitre four ounces, sulphur three ounces, and charcoal
three quarters of an ounce.
Mealed powder one pound and a half, nitre half a
pound, sulphur four ounces and a half, charcoal six ounces,
coarse coal two ounces and a half, and lead, for sinking,
one ounce.
Mealed powder two pounds, nitre one pound, sulphur
ten ounces, charcoal eight ounces, coarse coal three ounces,
sinking lead one ounce and three quarters (for three quarter
ounce rockets.)
Charges
THE LABORATORY.
24-
Mealed
pound and a
half,
half,
nitre
one
it.
Mealed
nitre
one ounce,
and
ounces
Mealed
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
25
Your
orifices.
it
Rockets.
3.
4.
Let
it
5.
tities
6.
When
damp nor
be neither too
over with a
little
you
and,
stroke,
7.
The
cavity
neither very
1 1
damp nor
dry.
if possible,
at
air.
When
they are
fired,
perches,
without performing
2.
When
THE LABORATORY.
26
When
2.
away
When
3.
nail,
and waste
all.
and return
circle,
is
to the
burnt out.
4.
When
uniform motion.
When
When
5.
6.
they
move on
com-
air.
More of
these vexatious accidents will sometimes fruhopes of a young practitioner but as the above
are the principal ones, he must endeavour to avoid them
strate the
in his
first
Of
beginning.
Rocket-flyers,
These
ble
are of
two
Have
and
the
Manner of charging
sorts,
made
them.
manner
may
third of
fit
over them
(there
it is
to
two rocket cases, of equal dimensions, which are choaked quite close at the neck, and
glued ram in the charge, so far as to leave only room
to fix them on the two knobs upon the nave
this done,
fly;)
to
burn
first
from
pin) in that
which
when
may be
the rocket
is
almost
lighted
first filled
;;
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
27
of reports, which
will
cause
a swifter motion.
The
in these
must not be
must be
made
Of
some of
hexagonal,
all
Fire-wheels.
or decagonal form
octagonal,
without
made
the neck
star,
double.
Of
triple
ease
fells
some,
some
like
an
a
may be
others horizontal
will
or twelve inches
wheel on
fire,
six spokes.
with the
first
case
burning.
The
upon an
drawn or screwed into a post. The nave
turned of close and firm wood, in which the joiners
fire-wheels that are used on land, turn
stronger
and wider, with a groove for the rockets, not only at top,
but also on one side thereof; plying the necks of the
rockets at top, to the right, and those of the sides to the
left
hand.
Your
ing,
See
fig.
36.
bore them
the
first,
three diameters of
little
its
shelv-
orifice
THE LABORATORY.
28
quarter
three quarters
the
latter
*-*
one and
fifth,
the
rest,
underlaying
it
with a
tin plate,
the same you must observe in the head of the last fired
you may
Of
Having
Tourbillons.
narrower
ends
at the
at
may
turn horizon-
of the cases,
at
on
their centres
fine
at the
under part of the case bore a hole, with the same gimlet,
within half a diameter of each line towards the centre
;
this
and Y,
divide
fig.
38.
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
is
rim
(see
wooden
a pretty large
flat
29
39
fig.
;)
also a
something larger than the dish, and formed into an octagon in the middle of this board make a round hole that
will hold a water-ball, so that one half be received in the
dish, and the other half rise above the surface of the
;
board
nail this
one
two or three
fires
or as
many
as
a channel.
ball, in
them
communi-
the
See
rest.
Lastly,
machine
you place
To
rest
it
the ball
is
and secure
it
when
lighted,
rocket.
try a fire-wheel
tie it to
little
40.
all is
of the water
lire the.
fig.
when
fell,
long bags
of the
first
fells
full
;
fill
on an iron pin,
and
*m
THE LABORATORY.
30
and
may
fire
assure yourself
Wheels formed
it
if it
yon
will be complete.
then cover
star,
it
and place
it
Observe, that
on the iron
all
axis.
conveyance
from one rocket to another
the last of all must be well
secured below, where you may place a strong report of
corn powder.
their necks tied close, leaving only a small
:
Mealed
nitre
of four,
five,
and
Mealed powder
eight ounces,
and
For
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
Mealed powder
six
31
Rockets.
The
half.
Mealed powder
six
Pockets.
half,
The
ters
first
and a half of
For Wheels of
Mealed
half,
is,
in length,
two diame-
its orifice.
three
nitre
The
first
rocket
is
its
diameter.
When
and fixed
among
&c.
are adjusted
bottom,
THE LABORATORY.
32
the inside of
The
engine,
fig.
41.
fit
is
the other,
fig.
to
make them
secure.
The
single
manner
1
2.
Upon that
which has
five or six
fitted
small
upon
necks downwards
is
with their
so
fire
by
The empty
is
The
cartouch
is
and
is
glued
of
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
33
some
slips
of paper round
The
it.
fire-case
is
loose,
In
fig.
43,
a double one
to
is
to enlarge
made, through
after the
fired,
whkh
a hole being
box
is
tators.
may be
filled
up with sand.
Another Sort of
These
are
made of solid,
iFire
See
wood
one-third, or a quarter of
44.
Tubes.
of the
fig.
what
diameter, after
each ex-
all
fix
these
THE LABORATORY.
34
breadth
finger's
which the
in
may
fire
wood,
The
lest
they should
flv
made
secure to the
such-like tubes
is
expressed in
45.
fig.
A, the
sparks,
which you
C, a
13,
fire-ball,
fire-stars
box
and
filled
or water-globe,
another.
The
stars
this
occasion arc
with linseed
oil.
oil.
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
35
little balls,
and
fire,
laid
up in a dry place,
When you
The following
them up
in tow.
i/ellozc)
Cast, inclining
to white.
Take
thus.
gacanth dissolved in
sistence
it,
that the
heads,
THE LABORATORY.
J>">
them
to dry, having
first
sprinkled
them
Some
now and
ments,
in
pills,
these
pills
are
commonly composed of
stora.v calamita,
nitre three
them
in the sun,
ounces
lime-
or before a
them
olibanum,
tragacanth
white amber,
gum
are
some gum
into pills,
arabic or
and dry
fire.
These
some
three inches.
fix
See
fig.
paper-cases with
46.
provide
little
holes, to
Another fire tube is delineated, fig. 47. This is surrounded with cartouches, disposed in a serpentine order,
like the first, which are glued and nailed as secure as possible
out of these are dispersed great numbers of squibs.
As for the rest, they have nothing but what is common
;
in others.
Another
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
JH
by a cord, divided
into a certain number or" equal parts, and being brought
into a poligonal figure, cutting away the convex part, it is
The
circumference of a cylinder
is,
Bore the plain sides with a number of boles, perpendicularly, so as to penetrate obliquely to the great boring in
the middle
serpents.
See
fig.
48.
of
its
squibs, or
The
thickness.
whose length
is
six
diameters
rim into six parts, and each of those into seven parts, reserve one of them for the list, between each of which
make channels, which being six in number, place little
mortars of the same dimensions therein.
The
wood
only.
These chambers
are de-
and
nail
them
of paper,
fit
fast in
exactly
their length
may
be double
and
their
chambers
the
THE LABORATORY.
38
the figure, where
the
globe or cartouch.
Of
These,
Salvo's.
number of strong
iron
discharged at once.
Mealed
powder
six ounces,
nitre
Mealed powder fourteen ounces, nitre five ounces, sulphur two ounces, and charcoal three ounces.
Mealed powder one pound, nitre three quarters of a.
pound, sulphur four ounces and a half, tanner's-bark or
saw-dust two ounces, and charcoal four ounces.
Mealed
powder
six
little
linseed
tanner's-bark five
oil.
a pound,
nitre
four
nound
not moistened.
Preservative for
This being
;,
it
Wood against
will not
be improper
Fire.
to set
it
down
in this place.
Take
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
Take
39
each
an equal quantity
water or
size
put
them together
upon thein
in a pot
pour gluc-
fire,
when warm,
and,
stfc
it
will
The
be proof against
?Jctn)icr
tire.
Burning
letters
may
thods.
hollow out
of the body of the letters a groove, a quarof an inch deep, reserving for the edges of the letters
a quarter, or half, an inch of wood. If you design to
ter
have the
cotton or
burn of a blue
letters
flax,
fire,
grooves in the
letters,
melted sulphur,
through
leisurely
in the
grooves
brush
and,
on
that strew
tacks
paste
strew,
glue over
it
over that,
mealed powder
burn
letters
it
little
dry touchwood,
them in melted
.s
and, at
over a
fire
wood
w hite,
7
last,
let
;
dissolve six
corn-powder
You may,
a single paper.
in that
instead, use
an inch thick;
them
after
lay
till
put
the nitre
THE LABORATORY.
40
take
then squeeze
cotton,
make wicks
out
it
some
having
it,
inch
them
into
ing charges
and
put,
these
rammed with
glue, cases,
letters
do
burnas the
much
twisted
to
ounces of antimony
the sulphur by
first
when
till
it
strew
melted, put in
has drawn in
itself,
the matter
all
it
letters
stir
a board, that
When
firing.
take
fire
you have
about,
out,
it
let it dry,
upon
it
and
wind
it
and
then take
fasten these
kettle,
together
all
from
it
all
immediately.
of the box
is
made
full
made
:
the
minate the
paper,
letters
of various colours,
tnay be
made
to
lid
which,
Bv
letters
when
is
illu-
pasted
the lamps
oil
are
in representing devices,
names, coats of
arms.
ARTIFICIAL FJRE-WORKS.
But this way is more practised on
arms, &c.
41
the stage,
Mealed
powder
oil.
Mealed powder five ounces, nitre seven ounces, sulphur three ounces, and file-dust half an ounce moisten;
ed with linseed
oil.
Leading-fires,
mate lies.
Fire-works being of
is
it
mances.
ter's praise, it is
fired
and
well tried
filled
made
ill
another.
The
;.nd luted
breaking out
flame
may
to
prevent the
the pipes
work
to
it
would be
little
stifled,
fire
from
vent holes
and burst
air,
and
at
some
dis-
IKE LABORATORY.
42
ma-
those rules
dustry, have
add
al
to this.
the
in-
Mealed
ounces, sulphur one ounce and three quarters, and charcoal one ounce and three quarters.
parts,
Of
Balls,
some
some
The
this last
is
very slow.
Water-balls.
are globular,
drical,
part, nitre
oval,
bags, or of
wood
those
The
hemp or flax,-
outside
2.
3.
This
ball
the touch-hole
is
proper charge.
dipped
till it is
in glue,
it.
is
is
The
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
43
The touch-hole is bored with a gimlet, and stopped
a wooden peg.
4.
with
5.
through to the composition, in which fasten a small copperpipe, furnished with a paper report, together with a leaden
balance
in
melted pitch
ball
with a
it
quick-burning charge.
These
rise
balls
and
the ball
if a
is
is
burn out
give
but, if
it
four,
and a
Water-balls, or globes,
half,
thus
with
it
half.
and double
single
balance
is
you must
it
when
water-ball,
effect,
are of
two
made
a vent-hole
fill
that with a
;
the counterpoise
at top, large
through
quite
this,
full
cast of lead
is
enough
for a
ram down
when
make
a hole
with a paste-board
dry,
and,
lastly,
fix.
then glue
water-globes.
rity,
Both
sorts
over
fill it
it
it
when
for
this
packthread.
Double
THE LABORATORY.
H-
Double water-globes
discharges another.
which are
filled
on
this
fifth
That
the
Observe,
at
That the
The
powder
water-ball
partition
in it shall
EFG,
pipes
its
height
half.
water-ball composition, as
3.
charged.
be one and a
2.
chamber,
little
is
it
is
have the
may
fire
conveyed
to
it
when
the
through the
first
this
taking
fire
at the
hole D, will
burn upon the water for some time, and then, to the astonishment of the spectators, on a sudden, it will blow up
the ball that was in
4.
You must
it.
llow
io
Takk,
may
which arc
to be fixed in
which
is
be
to
manner
the riutings
fitted to
to
filled
the
which
same with
Hollow the
outside,
fill
them
Crackers.
a single water-globe,
fhe
many
where
fig.
;
53.
A, are
C, the upper
orifice
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS,
orifice tor
priming
the ball
primed
is
to be fixed in theflutings; F,
How
to
45
Take
that
is
round very tight with packthread. Their height, thickness, and diameter, you may order as you think proper,
only allowing the middlemost a greater height than the
rest
bind
bottom
fix
them together
in
to the
glue stop up
all
the composition
this done,
order represented in
fig. 5
fill
4-.
First
a water-ball
or a small
wooden tube
filled
with a
THE LABORATORY.
46
orifice
rest.
If you would have the tubes take fire all round at once,
you must pierce the sides of the great one with small holes,
corresponding with those in each of the other tubes by
this means the fire may be conveyed to all of them at
once, and consume them equally and at one time but, if
you would have them burn one after another, you must
close them well up with paste-board
and to each tube fix
a fuzee of communication, filled with mealed powder, or
a slow composition, through which the fire may be conveyed from the bottom of that which is consumed, to the
;
orifice
of that next to
it
How to charge
little ones,
filled
more,
if
you think
fit,
then prepare
so that
when
all
six water-balls, or
may
fill
up that
cir-
fuzee in
its
orifice, filled
Having
down
six water-balls
six little
surmount
it.
Spread
this last
upon
let
it;
which must a
little
it
place as
many
rockets
ARTIFTCIAL FIRE-WORKS.
rockets as the globe can hold
iron
which
56.
the
at
same time
of the board
to the
fire
may
having a
commu-
fire
der
enter,
air,
all
fire,
may
tube
47
down
into the
where
and dip
it
in tar, to preserve
To prepare
single
bee-swarm
close rcun<J ?
double.
is
it
and
The
it
thus prepared.
breadth, or proportioned to
Have an ob-
length
is
this
lead, through
little
in the
pipe, or fuzee, to
wooden tube
at top,
See
fig.
57.
Ho:
;;
THE LABORATORY.
45
How
to
Get
wooden globe
running
bore the
wood
left
fill
the bottom
fig.
58.
Rockets.
For
the
first
sort,
its
wood
in
bottom
round
this tube,
ones; then
little
lowing composition,
Two
pounds of
fill
a.
xiz.
nitre, eight
after
twelve
ounces of saw-dust
and after
you have placed your rockets upon that, fill the vacancy
round with a little corn-powder glue over them papercaps then dip the globe into pitch, but not over the paper
covering
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
covering; fix a counterpoise at
49
fire
The second
sort are
more room
made
after the
is
touch-hole
left at top.
Sec
fig.
59, 60.
Corn-powder
half a pound,
nitre
sixteen
pounds,
three
pound.
nitre twenty-four
pounds
glass half a
this
must be rammed
in tight.
nitre
one pound
pounded
glass
i.
little
linseed
stufF four
ounces
mix
oil.
Mealed
THE LABORATORY.
Mealed powder eight ounces, nitre five pounds,
phur two pounds, copper filings eight ounces and a
and coarse coal-dust eight ounces and a half.
sulhalf,
mixed up with a
little
linseed
oil,
and
corn-powder.
Nitre
four
pound
six ounces,
sulphur one
pound four
little
vinegar or linseed
oil.
saw-dust
boiled
with nitre
ten
ounces,
moistened
little.
Mealed
powder
thirteen ounces
and a
'
ounces.
Mealed
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
51
Odoriferous, or
Have
perfumed Water-balls.
balls turned,
fill
entertainments.
Nitre
ounce;
ounces
four ounces
civet,
frank-
amber half an
half an ounce; saw-dust of juniper, two
one ounce
incense,
as follows
and
oil
of spike,
one ounce.
Nitre two ounces, flowers of sulphur one ounce, camphor half an ounce, raspings of yellow amber half an
ounce, coal of lime-tree wood one ounce, flowers of benjamin half an ounce let those which are to be powdered
;
be done very
fine
coal, half
little oil
of juniper.
ounces and a
half,
ounce
e 2
The
THE LABORATORY.
52
Melt
and add
fire,
fire,
and
them
stir
as
it
in
shallow
melts, fling in
as
to
it
an
off the
it
mix it
compo-
divide
used to imitate
stars.
this
gum-water, or
nut,
siut,
53
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
put
then roll them in mealed powder, and
or larger;
them up
to dry.
Cause
meter
is
pound
or a
;
leaps
wood, whose
pound rocket
in the middle of
dia
:
di-
one
and closely fitted upon them after this take three crackers,
one with strong reports, and two without any place them
so into the hollow, that the head of the one may lay to the
other's, neck, and be so ordered that as soon as the one is
spent, the other may take fire and force the globe back,
and thus alternately from one to the other till it comes to
Care must be taken that the
the report, which finishes.
fire passes not from the first to the next cracker, before it
has quite consumed the first but as I have given a caution
in the article about rockets that run on a cord, the same
;
may
be observed here.
them with
pasted paper.
To charge
Globes, which
Paper
Take
a hollow
at the top, in
wooden
leap on
globe,
them
petards, or
at
which has
iron
CracJters.
touch-hole
fill it
with an
the
THE LABORATORY.
5-t
you must
is
close up with
The
other sort
is
off.
not
See
much
61.
fig.
unlike the
except that
first,
to this
the touch-hole.
How
made
and ordered.
First
mouth of
find the
twelve parts
and
it
into
let
is
divide the
wood
its
of the touch-hole B
the diameter
the chamber: for the better understanding these directions, see fig. 63.
The manner
Take
of
these globes
filling
hollow canes, or
lengths, to
fit
common
is
thus
reeds
them into
them with a
cut
fill
two of
coal,
quantity of corn-powder
filled in this
manner,
ner,
as
set
globe, as
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
of them upright in the
many
will contain
it
then cover
well at top
it
in glue
55
cavity of the
and
wrap
be of the same composition with the reeds.
The globes represented at 64, and 65, are contrived
it
first
of these
is
filled
like
with running
and the
rockets,
with crackers,
last
No. 66
shews
its
the lesser,
is
construction:
is
the
same
as described
The
above
it is
charged
to
is
be
filled
flat
fix
is filled
covering
the
tion as has
must be
for
flat
priming chamber
the fuzees
filled
To prepare
the
to
be used at Bonfires.
Take
dients,
over a coal
hemp,
fire,
and
or flax, into
then take
it
off the
let
it
as
fire,
them melt
may be
then throw as
sufficient to
and whilst
it is
soak
cooling,
much
up
form it
it
into balls.
in tow,
To
:;
THE LABORATORY
56
To prepare
Take
five
the Paste
oil.
little
nitre
and powdered
linseed
four pounds,
glass six
ounces
oil.
form
To
let
them
strew
dry.
of powder.
Nitre two pounds, sulphur fourteen pounds and a
and mealed powder six ounces.
The
made
paste,
is
half,
also
To
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
To
project Globes
from
The
that Purpose.
charges for
a Mortar,
57
is
it
for which end they are first weighed, allowing for each
pound of its weight a quarter of an ounce of gunpowder.
For example, if your globe weighs forty pounds, you
must, to discharge
it,
The
charge
is
thus performed
to discharge
the
globe, exactly,
make
&c. to
it
globe
then
fix
it
in
hemp,
stand upright.
mouth
the bottom
is
is
one-fifth thick
Some
THE LABORATORY.
53
Some
powder half
To make
anti-
camphor a
a pound.
Transparent Face.
be twe
which will shew a double glory,
and make the rays strong and full. The frame, or sun
wheel, must be made thus have a circular flat nave made
rows of
a sun of the
cases, as in
fig.
67,
flat
circular
less
fell,
within this
within which
fix
fix
another
fix
a third
fell,
The wheel
third.
many
being made,
24 to 44)
at
must be made
wheel let the
:
m ay
fell,
ter
lie in
each division
to
fit
them
fast
which
on the
brilliant sun,
because
tire
wood-work
is
entirely covered
with
ARTIFICIAL FIRE-WORKS.
with
fire
59
fire
but, if
thod
me-
the sun's face, and cut out the eyes, nose, and mouth, for
the sparks of the wheel to appear through
this,
hoop
or, instead
silk,
of
struined
may illuminate
the face.
transparent motto's
" Vivat
day of exhibition.
may
place
Half pound
cases,
must
Rex;"
also
be pronortionably
larger.
EXPLANATION
THE LABORATORY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE
THAT
chemical
the reader
work,
it
IV.
many
idea of
of the
one
It is
plate,
adviseable, that
operations themselves.
Fig.
1.
which
seen at a
is
b.
There
is
which a
d
a part at
is
Fig.
2.
Muffel,
in
which
all articles
are placed
which
fire,
Fig.
3.
An
Ingot-Mould,
into
the
grooves
of which
A Retort,
made
and used
Fig.
5.
Fig.
6.
An
in various distillations.
Crucible.
be poured.
Fig. 1.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE
Fig. 7.
&l
IV.
A Reverberating Furnace.
a,
b,
The
The
c c c
c,
ash-hole door.
fire-place door.
f
gt
Fig.
8.
9.
>
Fig.
Fig. 10.
The head
of the alembic.
Glass Alembic.
At The
cucurbit.
The head.
C, The aperture
D, The beak.
B,
Fig. 11.
in the head,
Bolt-head, or cap,
upper opening of a
which
is
still.
affixed
still
on the
of this kind
d,
which
is
there the
dome,
may
The
opening of the
e,
is
and
in lieu
still,
this,
would be too
small.
Fig
THE LABORATORY.
62
Fig. 12.
We
Metals."
account of
shall
this furnace, as
it is
extremely well
The
melting furnace
is
of this Furnace.
made of
surfaces of
it
Make
a hollow
ellipsis,
may assume
it
in
diameter,
Fasten two
the
5 inches long
its
and
cut
it
off in
the figure A.
2dly,
both
its
Make
in
opposite
(c,
3dly,
c,).
and a half
broad, at both the upper and the lower inward edge of
this oval cavity
and fill the inside of it with small iron
hooks, jutting out about six lines, and three or four inches
distant from each other.
These, together with the rings
iron-rings (d,) almost an inch
flat
just
lute.
Thus
will the
EXPLANATION OF PLATE
it
for the
same purpose,
which
And
border.
lest this
63
IV.
let
is
force of the fire, you must cover the inside of it with the
same lute ; therefore it must be likewise furnished with a
ring and iron hooks, as was done to the part A.
Besides
this, you must fasten two iron handles on the outside of
this cover (fig. B. c c,)
then a round hole must be made
:
in the top of
it,
upon which an
high,
sity,
is
viz.
made with an
at
top,
it
may
The
open
few inches
of neces-
5thly,
fore-mentioned.
linder,
in case
be adapted.
first is
may,
iron funnel
(fig.
A)
its
upper border,
it.
Again,
to support
but-
let this
may
On
the
bottom,
left
air,
ou
may
in-
at pleasure.
let a
round hole
(d)
when
Next to this, let another bottom part be
made of the same matter and figure as the foregoing let
it be likewise of the same diameter, but two inches higher,
half in a diameter, to admit the pipe of the bellows
need
requires.
its
Let
it
upper border,
to
support the
bod
THE LABORATORY.
64
a hole,
let
(fig.
D.
c,)
be cut out just below the ring in the side of this bottom
part; and let another round hole be made in the left side
of this first hole, fit to admit the pipe of the bellows (d).
Further, let another round hole like the foregoing
made on
(e)
be
then
let
the whole inside of this bottom part (the part above the
ring excepted) be over-laid with lute, and a
bed be made
by the line
The
(f, g, h,).
is
made
is
common
Use of
this
Furnace,
for fusions,
vessels.
which may be
you are to
When
melt with a
mouth of
the furnace
dry
otherwise,
be
it
by the
heat.
it,
especially the
out of
it
for if
it
were
and
if
it
were
less
this
broad,
the
vessel
might
less high,
warmed
easily
fall
from
EXPLANATION OF PLATE
from
it
matter to be
tile
65
IV.
it
immediately with
still
more
violent
but
if
and because a
ately,
every
how
side.
One may
fire
perfectly equal
easily
examine with
is
this
excited
on
apparatus,
Now,
vol.
i,
eold,
THE LABORATORY.
66
cold,
and adhere
The oblong
by means of
a poker,
bottom part
hole
serves to discover,
(c)
in the
bed be
away through it
whatever might stop the bellows, and in some cases to
take away the scoria: then you put, first, coals into the
furnace, one span high, and blow them well with the
bellows, to make them burn, that the bed may be very
melted or not
it
is
put in
for if this
is
The bed
fire,
put into
it
but if the mass, once melted, could not long sustain the
strength of the
fire,
or if
you had
mind
to melt a greater
(fig.
D,
e,)
that
an earthen
OBSERVATION.
Furnaces of
cost
3, to a
and
will require
little
trouble,
bricklayer.
OF LUTES.
In many chemical operations, the
vessels
must be co-
of the
fire,
reduced to vapour.
employed, called
The
lutes
also to close
volatile
and
in general lutes.
The
keep
is
it
introduced into
would be
The
it,
for,
and to
likely to
lutes
Speck,
all sizes
at their manufactory,
and
at the
distilled in
prices, of Mess.
Pugh and
bottom of Booth
Street,
Spital Fields.
f 2
these
THE LABORATORY.
63
When vapours
these vessels.
it is
sufficient to
slips
In such
affix
them-
When
more penetrating and dissolving vapours are to be contained, a lute is to be employed of quick-lime slaked by the
and beat into a
air,
liquid paste
This
is
be spread on linen
to
slips,
Lastly,
to
oil,
i. e.
by
These
are to be applied,
flattening
least
When
with
eggs.
The
slips
which
to be covered
These
second
cause this
vessels,
moisture would
slips are to
lute
latter
is
remains
soft,
solid
PART
PART
69
II.
VARIETY OF
GOLD AND
SILVER-,
PREVIOUS to
ceipts
entering
upon the
silver,
it
or,
may be
proper to give
" The
in other words,
way."
trial has been made on a small scale (which is
an Assay) that any particular mine is likely to be
After
called
profitable,
the
workmen proceed
perpendicular square
pit,
large
as follows
enough
to
They
dig a
admit ladders,
pumps
the
mineral
and
mine be so great
as to
THE LABORATORY.
70
formed,
The
at the
Sometimes
it is
shaft
is
furthest
but
if this
air
fire is
shafts,
is
employed
to
it
moment
when
When,
kindled in a fur-
pumps which
is
insufficient for
will in a
Again, the
gained.
is
one of these
easily circulates.
which
drift or gallery
shaft, so that if
new
cannot be effected, a
all
practicable to
below
to the plane
ought at
is
Mines
When
the mineral
pounded,
washed,
air,
is
by
or by detonation.
roasted,
it
is
For
it,
mechanical power
otherwise they
may be
Some
The
and
furnaces
which
71
but,
sometimes,
Although
them.
OF GOLD.
Gold, which
of metals,
and not
is
the
sol,
and king
suit*,
When
liable to alteration.
gold
very pure
is
loses in water
weight.
hardness
is
state
its
soft metals.
artist
From
It is
into
is its
absolute
extremely
hammer; and by
may be wrought
or form.
it
its
any shape
ductility as to
experiments,
an
is
444 leagues,
84,395,520 inches,
in length.
is
out breaking.
Long hammering
is
pure,
is
it
owing
silver or
make
it
rather brittle,
to
its ductility,
some mixture
earats decrease, so
of
will
ing or annealing.
but this
copper)
much
;
the
thus,
more
or alloy.
When
and
number of
is
as the
it is
one quarter of
silver,
and one
72
THE LABORATORY.
make
gether,
a gold of
2 carats
and
on
this is specified
The
redness,
loss
it
to
action even of
alteration of
no
owing
entirely
is
rust.
its
soon melts
When
but
fire,
substance.
loss
to
of a single grain.
fully.
Gold has
in
it
it
liver
much
gold, but
compound
of sulphur*, dissolve
it
bodies,
power-
it
will therefore
de-
An
As gold
is
is
a standard, used by
most
nations, to repre-
art,
extreme
session of a
is
its
it is
to detect
its
method of
bulk.
testing
is
as follows.
gold and
silver.
Ed.
Method
Method of
testing
Gold by Cupellalion
IS
used also in
testing of Silver.
The
process of cupellation
and scorifying
trifying
is
all
structible,
We see then,
of gold or
silver.
silver,
when they
are
and
lead, proportionate
to the
mixed with
put into
its
primitive state.
flat
quantity of
supposed quantity of
made of
latter
plate
iv.
fig.
crammed
is
After
this,
an iron
into
it is
alloy, is
This mixture
or the
ringle,
is
which ever
is
gold, or silver,
see
is
the
till
till
the
of twelve parts,
which are
it
is
considered as con-
called
penny -weights,
its
weights
weight,
grains
if it
it is
weight,
said to be
it is
said to
be of eleven pennyits
fine.
Of
THE LABORATORY".
74-
Of
by Solution.
Sliver,
parting by
aqua
pose, must be
extremely
pure,
and
free
solvent of gold.
When
it
should be observed,
assayers, therefore,
want
they then
make
similar
marks with
is
not a
to
know
they rub
mark upon
silver
allayed
add more
silver,
if
or
is
reduced into
grains.
aqua
placed in a matrass
is
fortis is
now
IS
poured upon
to be
ployed
the
when
as to render
silver,
The mixed
an appropriate term,
is
by concentration, and
it
to
is
be
to
by aqua
fortis.
be reduced to
At the bottom
money.
is
is
em-
so great to that of
is
difficult task
metal to be cemented
usually
is
laid
a stratum of
vitriol,
metal
It is
now
to
be placed
out,
to
be
till
it is
the
crucible)
The
is
cement,
process
and
water.
;
filled.
made red
fire
is
oven, (after a
or
now
is
the
the crucible
gradually
to be tried on a touch-stone
purified,
till
furnace,
in a
melted.
separated from
on the
luted
twenty-four hours,
no means
to
is
and so on
stratum of cement,
copperas, calcined to
e.
i.
boiled
by
go
may be
hot, but
left to
it
repeatedly in
By
THE LABORATORY.
method we see how powerfully
16
By
the above
cement.
Instead of
common
of
common
salt
and
nitre
salt,
silver
silver
subtile vasalt
may be
of the
used, as
because the joint acids are able to dissolve some of the gold
with the
by
Whatever
silver.
now remain in
silver
lead, in the
it
method described
Parting of Goldfrom
may be
in cupeUation.
Silver, in the
dry Way.
to
be undertaken
but
when
aqua
and
fortis,
will,
not
therefore,
separate
it
so easily
as
we
Before
we
shall
mention
Purification
Gold
is
purified
of Gold by Antimony.
from
its
allays
by melting
it
in a cru-
ing upon
antimony.
whole
nutes
it,
The
crucible
is
its
is
for
some mi-
is
quickly to
simply
Ti
two
consists of
simply inverting
part
is
some of the
regulus of an-
have been separated from the gold, and which are now
This regulus
united with the sulphur of the antimony.
of gold
may
by simple exposure
gold, because
then dissipated.
is
by
a less
to
antimony
is
volatile
If the gold
(which
is
dissipated,
more heat
the
is
is
in
required
is
to
must
it
When
a
keep the
therefore the fire must be encreased towards the end of the operation. The purification is
completed by means of a little nitre thrown into the
crucible, which effectually calcines the remaining regulus
of antimony. Sometimes after these operations, the
gold is found to be deprived of much of its usual duc-
gold in fusion
tility,
it
which, however,
is
easily
restored to
it
by fusing
OF
Silver,
called
less
gravity
is,
SILVER.'
smell,
although
and
when
it
the chemists,
brilliancy.
perfectly pure.
considerable,
It
Its
is
has
spe-
of
lively
its
weight.
cubic foot
this
The
wire of
this metal, only one-tenth of an inch in diameter, will sustain a weight of two hundred and seventy
pounds, without breaking. Although gold exceed it in
ductility,
THE LABORATORY.
may be drawn into wires
78
ductility, yet it
as fine as hairs,
seems
kept
to
be
silver,
may be
it
as fixed
as well
it
acquires
deprived of by heating.
gold,
in
a
It
Kunckel
glass-house furnace
tarnish,
Silver
may be
purified
metals, by treating
it
from an
and the
we
shall
now
or aqua fortis.
the
is
latter purification
given a description
it,
by
nitre.
As we have
article gold,
fast.
may
pan of water.
coal
is
now
them
made
over the
light
is
little
and a
operation proceeds
be kept up equally
melt
hissing
slight
well.
till
be encreased to
to
fire is to
and the
be
79
Let the
when
it
The
larger crucible
is
to
found
Some
silver is
apt
of the
nitre,
method has
this
its
advantages, being
nevertheless,
We
that are
silver.
To prepare a
it
be for several
Hours in
Gold though
Take
little,
when
dry
let it
dry
this
when
it is
ing gold or
silver,
and
it
in a flame
your
common
will
may
use
it
for melt-
crucible will.
Other
THE LABORATORY
80
Othw
Take
one part
one
fine brick-dust
part,
and
finely
pounded
then
close
it
laver at top
may
nothing
evaporate
when
done,
this is
your cru-
fix
stratify plates
down
salt,;
fill
sume the
give
con-
salt will
into the
it
Or,
brick-dust.
Take,
in weight, of nitre,
one part
niac,
before
it is
into white-
it
Oi\
plate.
bole,
tutty, nitre,
moisten
negar
let it
rust of iron,
calcined
and repeat
it
ar-
this
proceed as directed
To
ounces,
vitriol,
give
it
then grind
it
fine,
and
three times.
mix
brick-dust,
melt together
pellation,
it
put
and you
in the gold.
will
have the
silver
let
it
is,
test
it
To
81
Take
put
them
into a
aquafortis.
To
Take
nitre,
black
instrument, scrape
come
will
off the
it
Another Method.
Take
it
it
pot
cover
it
with a
lid
lute
it
well,
fine
;
put
and
it
then take it off the fire, and let it cool. After this, take a
copper cup, or any other thing that is gilt neal it well ;
;
quench
it
in that
*
vol.
Not
liquid,
a
commonly known
c
root.
from
Ed.
the
;
;
THE LABORATORY.
S2
wash
it,
in
it
Or,
grind
the
it
hold the
Take
in a
nitre
To
piece to the
water
in this
fire,
over an
it
Or,
fall to
dissolve
them
the bottom.
Take
white
strike
quantity of water
it
gold will
gilt
fall
little
quench
vitriol
an ounce
your mixt
in
powder upon
silver
this
will dissolve
alum half
a glass
put
To
as the Gold
Take
may remain
warm
place
is
Ring
intire
thick
silver
it
a curious Secret.
gilt
make
little
hole
and the
To make
brittle
Gold malleable.
then
83
then cast it
and anointed with wax.
warmed
Or,
malleable,
is
this
take
human
less quantity.
To make
Silver that
is brittle,
pliable.
at the bottom,
and continue
and
it
and you
lute
leave
it
well
then give
till
all
over with
to cool
it
a brisk
live coals,
all
silver contained,
melt the
it
silver
an ounce of
it
To
you
will
fire,
then
therein hanging
will find
it
silver is dissolved
have
fine
when
then
half
in fusion, cast
and malleable
silver.
Take
an equal quantity
nice glass,
gether
this will
Take
quantities
grind and
mix
it
well to-
Or,
grind
design to melt,
them together to
let
G 2
IV
THE LABORATORY.
84
To
Take some
tains gold,
if not,
you
will see
strokes, but
To amalgamate
Gold, or
Take
mix
to
is of use
to
it
Gilders.
small plates
it
then take
it
over a charcoal
the quicksilver to
silver,
may
fire,
fly
receive gold
or lay
away
it
after
upon
all
over
it,
and
which, you
it
then hold
will
may
cause
heighten
A par-
J particular
Take
Secret
to
gild Silver
85
to
them quick-
silver,
of a paste
tend to
gild,
looks white
it
when done
cu-
this is a
Take
tartar
one
part, salt
it
part of
two
steel filings
parts
:
Silver.
third
A particular
Take
Take
it
slips
dissolve
salt
let
it
in
easily pulverizes.
of the urine,
in
repeat this
find at the
bottom
is
rated
THE LABORATORY.
86
distilled
vinegar
put
let
them
dissolve again in
it
and
fire,
it
when
the
it
and
will shoot
this is
powder with a
to
let
cellar, as before, in
into crystals
damp
powder
into the
set
in a cool
it
though ever so
thin,
drying
it
you
gently,
Take
one ounce
make
dissolve in
it
evaporate over a
and
silver wire,
in the
fire,
line gold,
then
fire until it
if it
it is fit
silver.
The
Take common
white
vitriol
and
is fit
for use.
vitriol
handfuls, river
tity,
let it
it
let it boil to
settles
and looks
and, by
fire,
is
salt
two
then
it
mercury dissolved
or other veffel.
To
Take
lead
fine
put
pure quicksilver,
white
i.
salt
shake
it
e.
free
and
into a matrass,
it
87
fling into
and
well together,
let it
strong vinegar
stand for
let it rest
for gilding,
and
very cheap.
To
First neal your silver on a charcoal fire, till it becomes a little reddish then, having boiled it with an
:
equal quantity of
it
and
in clean water
in a paper, put
it
tartar,
of an hour, take
quarter
for a
salt
it
tartar, tie it
grind
it
done, neal
this
it
again,
boil
it
for
two minutes
it
work
in
cold water
and
it
leaf-gold, or
Gold Powder.
quantity of a penny-weight, or
dissolve
with
be done.
will
Take
it
in tartar water
it
it
and quench
up close
powder, mix
to a fine
it
it
in twice
its
dry them by a
and burn them on a slow fire, in a crucible
the powder will remain at the bottom, and be of a yellowish colour and with this the gilding is performed.
rags
gentle heat
Another
THE LABORATORY.
88
a matrass, with as
penny-weights
much
set
it
fine
on a slow lire,
"When
in order to dissolve
this is
or rock
fire
them
dip
it
and
salt, fine
of an ounce in
weight
the
done, add to
all
the solution
and having dried them, burn them to a powder, which preserve for use.
When you gild any thing
with this powder, let the metal vou intend to gild be boiled
is
soaked
may be
wet a piece
spittle, or water, and with it take up some of
the powder, rubbing the places of the metal you are
about to gild, until it is yellow after which, brush and
it
of cork with
polish
You may
it.
sewed or
round end of a
tied to the
Take of
it
this
has soaked up
With
aqua regia
all
dry
it
gently,
Take
a slow
add to
little
nitre
this solulet
that
and burn
it
your
gild
to
it
powder.
silver,
by
stick.
Another Powder
little rolls
gold of refined
it
end of a
in
this
rubbing
Or,
little stick.
refined
;
fire,
fling
it
gold
beat
gild with.
to
it
very thin
is
put
it
dissolved,
make
it
into
in a matrass
over
is
verized nitre,
by
little
and
89
much
(as
little,
it
as
some
pul-
will
con-
it
sume) now take some long narrow slips of old fine linen,
draw them through the liquid, and when they are thoroughly
wet, hang them in the air to dry, in a glass bowl, or a
piece of a broken bottle, and, when dry, light them with
a coal, and let them thus, without flaming, consume to
:
With
ashes.
may
rubbing
gild,
it
on the
Or,
with a piece of cork.
Take a penny-weight of gold, with an equal weight of
silver
nitre,
and sal-ammoniac,
which put
all
it,
some dry
take
and
as
them
a matrass,
into
dissolved,
is
therein, dry
it
and burn
for use, as
A quickening
Take
let
silver is dissolved,
warm
it,
and
it
into a glass,
add to
will
be
fit
it
to
solve
it
five
much
as
and
aquafortis
fortis
Or,
;
put
into a matrass
it
it
let
it
dis-
with that in
make
for use.
Water.
it
Silver.
Take
it
into
THE LABORATORY.
90
This
boiling
is
it
A
Take
Water which
glazed vessel
fire for
Gold Colour.
well
it
equal quantity;
them
then set
it
into
an un-
over a slow
and whatever
let it dissolve
silver
then put
it,
it
will
Or,
take
third
it
;
mix it
which
it
mix
it
then
powder, take one
;
A Method to work a
Take
this
it
well,
lour, after
Of
again.
flat it,
aud
file it
rough
all
upon it.
Then take a piece of gold in proportion to what thickness you would have it form it exactly to the dimensions of the silver, in a flat square
neal both the gold and
the silver red hot then lay them quick on one another,
and with a wooden hammer strike them gently together
when thus you have united these two metals, you may
make thereof what you please one side will be silver
and the other gold.
;
raise
with a graver
little
points
To
Take
please
melt
it
fine pulverized
grind
Venice
upon a stone
it
91
glass,
temper
fire
it
with
it
will
oil
and
Unwrought
AND
lustre
shall
be separately explained.
it,
and
stir it
well together
round
sticks like
make
use of
with
this
it,
wax
first
deep colour
cool
occasion to
then neal
let it
sealing-wax
and
it,
tartar,
and draw
and
it
it
it
over
nimbly through
To
THE LABORATORY.
Colour.
it
Or,
a surprising beauty.
vitriol,
Or,
ces
ounce of alum
it
let it
with
after
this,
cool
then form
it
and
into
then burn
it
off,
and
it
Nuremberg Gilding-Wax.
Take
Or,
borax.
Take
of red chalk, one pound eight ounces of white vitriol, fifteen ounces of verdigrise, three ounces of borax, and
fifteen ounces of ces ustum ; beat them fine, and mix them
together
ceive
them
it
when
to cool,
wax
the
is
melted,
well together
when
stir
it
until
in the ingredients,
cold,
sticks
like sealing-wax.
To
To make
Take
mastich,
all
93
Metals malleable.
myrrh,
frankincense,
and borax,
of
will
is
melted,
be surprised
How
to
fling in
it
at the effect.
with
and
vinegar,
to receive the
mercury.
A Silver
Take
one ounce of
ounce of
vitriol,
ounce of borax
verdigrise,
grind
them
fine
the
fire
nitre,
one
fire,
gilt
boil
them
in half a pint
work
charcoal
one ounce of
it
put
it
upon a
clear
it
off
Green Gold-Colour.
THE LABORATORY.
94
Take
one ounce of
nitre
it.
A
Take
vitriol,
grind
French Gold-Colour.
four ounces of
salt,
ounces of sal-ammoniac,
ounce of
Take
nitre
grind
them with
digrise,
two ounces of
clean copper-flakes
Take
melted
of each
let
nitre,
nitre,
them
them with
grind
A fine
tity
Or,
vinegar.
vinegar.
Gold-Colour.
and black
boil half
an equal quan-
vitriol,
away
in a clean pipkin.
Another Gold-Colour.
Take
one ounce of
verdigrise,
all
them with
fine salt
Or,
vinegar.
ounce of
vitriol,
put them in a clean pan, with water, and boil them nearly
half an hour.
A
Take
Green Gold-Colour.
verdigrise,
two grains of
nitre,
four ounces of
in vinegar.
White
A
Take
two ounces of
one ounce of
salt
95
nitre,
pulverize and
put
it
in the fire,
and
and roll
of crucible, and the colour
let it
will boil
up
when
melts,
it
turn the piece of work with your tongs, and when the
colour
is
and lay
Then
it
upon
is
put into
it
a handful of
it
out,
cold.
is
it
fill
salt,
it
and
and
it,
boil
it
let
them
To
colour
Take
urine,
Take
it
were new.
is
it.
boil
will
have a
boil
fine colour.
To
Take
ounces,
ounce
in
it.
red calcined
vitriol,
dry.
When
vou
THE LABORATORY.
96
you would colour your gold, moisten it, and strew this
powder over it ; neal it often, and quench it in pumpwater.
Take
verdigrise,
sal-ammoniac,
colours,
again
with urine
upon
an
pour
vitriol,
your powder
it
and
nitre
vinegar upon
them
grind
carefully.
;
rub
it
When
then lay up
with a brush
fling the
gold,
wet
above powder
Take
an high Colour.
to
heat
it
upon
it;
stir
in the fire,
it
well;
and quench
it
in urine.
To make
and
to
give
it
the Co-
lour of Gold.
Take common
silver as
aqua fort is
you please
dissolve therein as
much
of
two ounces of
times quenched in
up
they will
it
as
yellow as gold.
down with
91
but be lost
when melted
Water
Take
to
fine sulphur,
and pulverize
or rain, water
well together
stir it
test,
lead, in cupellation.
stale spring,
and
will
tutty,
of dragon's blood
after
well,
boil
it,
is
it
it
it
it
one ounce
it off and
filter it
after
pour
colour.
Take
quantities
distil
it
in
an alembic,
till
all
To
Take
lay
it
over
on
it,
a lock of
live coals,
colour Gold.
human
hair,
to receive the
fumes thereof.
Take
Colour.
one ounce of sal-ammoniac, two ounces of copone ounce of distilled verdigrise grind all well
per-flakes,
together
pour upon it
one quart of good distilled white-wine vinegar let it thus
dry and boil away; then grind it fine, strew it on a glass
plate, and set it in a cellar, where it will turn into an oil
vol. i.
this
H
;
THE LABORATORY.
95
To give
Take
Work
gilded
a fine Colour.
with
this liquid
boil
much
to
fire
and
gilding,
it
in urine
give
it
Take
:
To
quench
therein,
it
and
Or,
these
it
will
a fine colour.
To
it
will
alum
boil
it
water
in clear
spots.
Colour of new.
Take
powder
it
can
powder of
put
it
when
let
it
of Paris in
boil as long as
that powder,
bright as
smooth
stone.
Take
;
then take
upon a
water
it
ox-gall,
mix
and you
it
afterwards polish
it
with a
Or,
or the gall of a large jack, and
it
change to your
some
silver,
liking.
OF
99
is
gilt
work
and
is
per-
formed, after
it
discover which of
them
is
best,
and make
his
choice of such as
he approves.
To Hell
Take
Or,
fine lustre.
Take
eight ounces of
salt,
two ounces of
tartar,
Take
Take
boil
it
will
Or,
eight ounces of alum,
two
boil these in
them
in
tartar,"
Or,
gently together
plate into
Take
it,
and
it till
the colour
little,
is
bright.
Or,
salt
Or,
these
Or,
H2
Take
THE LABORATORY.
Take one ounce of white tartar, one ounce of grain
sulphur, and nine ounces of salt grind them together like
100
flour
and let the water boil put into it one grain of crude yellow arsenic take of the ground ingredients three spoonfuls, and let it boil
after that, you may draw your work
through it, and make it as high as you will and it will
come out clear and with a fine lustve.
:
der
upon
Tankards or Cups.
Gilt Silver
grind
then take
it
out
them both
oil
to a
pow-
to heat
fire
it
well
dish,
it
with an iron
the
in the
manner
has
as
been
directed.
Another Method.
Put
in this turn
your
will separate
when you
silver cup,
from the
heat
it
lukewarm
silver,
come
is all
it
is
it
cold,
if
before.
An
An approved Method
Take
101
to
from
Silver.
the quantity
it,
is
taken off of
of work,,
take
it
pliers
neal
it,
it
if
there
is
let it lie
you
out,
when
it is
times successively,
it
it
with tartar
and your
silver
then
will
new.
How
Take
to
Aqua
Fortis.
put into
it
a glass
full
of
melt
it,
To
carefully
then
utensils there-
To
THE LABORATORY.
102
To
separate Gold
from
Take
one
red calcined *
well together
all
vitriol,
with
it
a slow
fire,
this
put
into a furnace,
it
may reduce by
melting
it
salt,
mix them
pulverize and
silver all
and give
it
by cupellation.
OF SEVERAL
GOLD AND
SILVER.
Melt
when
in fusion,
arsenic.
fling
into
it
little
quantity of yellow
Or,
Take one
per,
fine
part of vellow arsenic, and one part of copand melt and granulate of this take one part, and of
melt them together cast them into
silver four parts
:
A
Melt
file
to a fine dust.
two parts of
silver
then put to
away
one part of
it
it
too long in
in fumes.
The
tity
Another
Four ounces of
them out
Silver.
silver,
of an ounce of arsenic
103
and pour
quick.
Melt
to
them
two ounces of
silver,
and pour
it
out quickly.
Of
Melt
of
copper and
fine gold,
two
Or,
of,
it
parts.
the
is
and three
grains of silver.
Beat
lions
Solderiyig
it
is
Gold or
into
Silver,
little bits,
or pal-
be soldered, join it
wire twisted over it wet the joinings
to
the
bits,
or pallions, of solder
melt
upon
it,
it
it.
After
THE LABORATORY.
IQi
After
this,
work
boil the
in aqua-fortis, to clear
coal
fire
then
or turn
file
it
it
manner
Take the work lay it on
if
be
it
dry
on a char-
it
boil
silver,
white
it
in the following
a clear
take
it
and put
out,
by
it
to cool
fire,
and,
in the
ing over
after
it
cold, into
little
then take
it
and
it,
off the
let
it
peat
and
burnt
tartar,
take
brush, to clear
this
tartar
neal
take
it
of the coat
once more
it
and mix
with a
it
little
it is
minutes
it
it
then re-
boil
im-
and scratch
out,
it
it
salt,
boil-
its
fire,
tartar
when
is
into
fire,
fine salt,
it
in
then neal
it
on a
clear coal
out,
put
it
To
Take
of
silver
lamp
Ring
Solder a
a large charcoal
upon
it
melt
it
set
with Stones.
it
into
it
but
instantly.
equal
to
Borax.
scrape
it
as thin as
in the air
then
rub
105
Venice borax.
To melt in a Moment
Take
two ounces of
;
one ounce of
filed
coal
put
light
with a
powder
mix
it
it
tartar
nitre,
beat in a mortar to a
half an ounce
gether
little splinter,
and
then take
it
well to-
or a hollow charit
will
melt imme-
diately.
it.
thing, or six-pence, or
that,
then set
it
on a stone
it,
and,
press
light
it
it,
upon
down
and
it
melt immediately.
N. B.
oil,
and
gold,
A
this
gilt
powder
and melts
it
flung
To make Aarum
Take
ounces,
fine
upon
it
to a mass.
Sophisticum, or
Mimick
Gold.
ounce and a
temper
them with oil, with a
spatula, to the consistence of a paste; then put a crucible into a windhalf;
pulverize,
furnace,
heat
it
them
wooden
and mix
red hot,
all
one
together
THE LABORATORY.
106
it
is in,
cible
let
it
it
stand in a fierce
like gold,
little
all
to melt
fire,
itself;
when
all
let it
will find, at
the
and
little
fill
please
will
Another.
Take
fine
then
fling into
it
it
it
to bring
some
it
it
borax, and
into an ingot
will give
it
it
you pour
work
it
out, put in
a peculiar beauty
melt
then cast
may draw
wire for
chains, and
it
in
Another.
Take
spelter
grains
and,
and you
ingot,
finest
and
softest cop-
two
it
lastly,
will
when
have a
pour
it
into
an
To make a
Take
neal
it
by degrees
put
it
into a crucible,
nitre,
and
and
fiins:
101
it
mass
first
give the
then
take the best spelter, or zinc, half an ounce, tutty and Vt*
nice salqcani* half an ounce
put
to the
it
melted copper,
stand a
let it
little
in the flux,
until
it is
and then,
after
you have rubbed your ingot with wax, pour it in, and it
be so pliable as to be drawn into wire, and of a high
gold colour you may work, form, finish, and colour it as
you do other gold.
will
Another Method
Take
make
to
copper
fine
filings
one pound,
nitre eight
fine
ounces, prepared tutty six ounces, borax six ounces, hepatic aloes four ounces
mix
all
and cover
with
fill
upon them,
downwards blow it
live coals
top, to go
fierce fire
and break
then
at top,
the same
it,
i.
e.
for
mass
into a
incor;
put
it
a finger's height,
subtilly
into a wind-furnace
then put
it
oil
it
well; put
it
from the
it
let it
and you
bottom a very
fine
one pound
two ounces of mercury sublimate, and two ounces of prepared tutty, both clapped up in red sealing-wax stir it
metal, like gold
this
it
of
*
it
what you
An
receipt.
article
then cast
please.
unknown
it
into a
Or,
and
it
is,
probably, of
little
use in the
Ed.
Take
THE LABORATORY.
103
Take
six
ounces of
marble mortar
ounces of
powder
distilled verdigrise
grind
it
fine in a
nitre,
all
is
well mixed
then
vey the
it
add more
if
your
you
stick
find
;
little
cover
:
still
dissolved
it is all
all
fire
put a
it,
but
it
coals,
and give
it,
then pour
it
it
a brisk
stir it
fire,
about with
until
you
find
To make Brass.
Take
third part of
powdered
lapis calaminaris
to. it
To
Take
of fine silver one ounce sal-gemmae, i. e. rockand sal-ammoniac of each six ounces; glass-gall six
ounces beat the silver thin, and then put it into one
;
salt,
on
fresh
repeat
it,
until
grind
dry
them
Common
this,
the
fla-
in-*
all
oil will
probably do.
when
Ed.
von
109
you have well ground them, mix and grind them and the
with a
you would
on
it
rub
live coals
and rub
well,
it
is
when
silver,
brushed clean
little
it
when
it
scratch
and you
do
have a fine
will
it
this
sil-
vering.
Another way.
Take
to
it
aqua-fortis
mixed
tom,
like
and
water to
common
powder
sweeten
and
salt,
Then
when
fling
into
it
the
it
settled,
calx by
silver
this
shifting
it,
moved.
dry
take
as
water,
cined
then add
you had done of
in aqua-fortis
it
the
until
pouring
sharpness
the
all
and
let
one ounce,
common
salt
half
fresh
re-
is
the silver
white cal-
an ounce
then beat and mix them well together, and with aquafortis grind
would
silver
powder well
rub the
in,
it
on
then boil
is
boiled,
it
coal
in
wash
What Metals
Silver
fire
until
to
after
then
copper,
them
it
is
dry,
If
you
then
or brass,
let
silver with.
salt
let
and
it
it
then
cool
after
it
in clean water.
will easily
to
copper
THE LABORATORY.
110
than
copper
silver
and
whiteness,
your composition,
to
not
is
fit
make
to
utensils with.
nature
are of a contrary
the
loses
it
any
to
silver,
as
To
TAKe
salt
When
well
together.
polishing
it
Powder
as
you see
to silver
it
requisite.
Dissolve
much
tartar
lour of silver.
A silvering on
Dissolve
pulverized
clear off,
fine
tartar;
and
in
aqua-fortis;
then
draw
pour
your
and
silver
Copper.
then neal
it
well,
and
boil
it
upon
aqua-fortis
;
with
it
this
in tartar
salt.
To
To
Take
three ounces of
Ill
by boiling
it.
twenty-six leaves of
salt,
silver,
alum
ther
upon
boil these in
and
it,
brush
again,
it
let
put
it
and repeat
To
boil
it
after
and
in again,
this until
boil
it is
it
is
boil
stir
it
well toge-
pour water
to your
then scratch
it
mind.
it
To
silver Copper,
off,
be
it
made red
?iot to
come
hot.
Take
it,
on a wet woollen
rag,
is
it
and rub
and
clear
and put it 24 hours in the prepared urine; afterwards dry it, and where you design to silver, rub it over
line,
with quicksilver
spatula
which has
on with a
soft
To
THE LABORATORY.
112
To
Take
as
casion for
much
put
it
and
silver,
little
much
with as
you rub
will
be
it
oc-
it
When your
and mix that liquid
shreds.
brass,
is
on hot ashes
which first has been
set
make
it
like a paste
if
this, it
like silver.
PART
ENAMELLING
IN ORDINARY.
PART
113
111.
THE ART OF
ENAMELLING IN ORDINARY,
AND THE METHOD
OF
SECRETS.
Colours.
ENAMELLING
upon metals,
is
as
gold, silver,
them.
tisfs,
shall
by the
and
copper,
fire,
letters
and of
vol.
&c.
so as to preserve
i.
art
of these
we
To
THE LABORATORY.
114-
To prepare
Take
the
them
in a cold ingot.
Take
hot,
crumble them
fingers
in urine
fire,
and
lute
put
well,
it
cool of
let it
it
clean
into a
an ounce of
off the
soft.
to
very
lead, a quarter of
of pebble
is
in
itself;
then take
it
or
ingot,
and then
scale,
it
will
oil
A green colour is
be dark.
fit
i.
e.
spike-lavender.
Green Colour.
best
made by miring
by adding a
The
for use
of spike,
A
together, and
be
reason
is,
little
brown,
if
blue
it
and yellow
be required to
made
from copper, which must retain some portion of the acidwhich it was dissolved if it remain green and if you
dissipate all the acid it becomes dusky, which will happen
on exposing the enamel to fire.
Take copper, and dissolve it in aquafortis then evapo-
Take of
rate.
this
one
part,
is
as good,
flux.
and much
Or,
easier
ob-
tained.
Take
ENAMELLING
ORDINARY.
IN
115
Take
it
over
flux
and
makes
this
good and
fine green.
Dark Green.
Take
enamel two
green
eighth part,
and
six parts
one-
yellow smalt
parts,
of verditer.
Yellow Colour.
Take
and neal
it
in a crucible
one
A high Yellow.
Take
gold-yellow enamel,
temper them
to
and
vitriol
oil
flux; grind
and
of spike.
Brimstone Colour.
A -Black
Take
scales of iron
very fine
plates-,
then grind
it
Take manganese
comes
Colour.
with
neal
oil
it
and dry
it
upon hot
Or,
it,
of spike.
oil
of spike.
A good
THE LABORATORY.
llG
A good lied.
Take
green
vitriol
grind
fine,
it
and dry
in the sun
it
then neal
it
Another.
Take
walnut
Roynan, or blue,
grind
then neal
them
them
it
it
vitriol,
it
to a brown colour
into a
new
dry
it,
and
upon
parts of flux
grind
with
it
oil
of spike.
Another gbod
Take
and a
Take
pour a
it
flux
grind
them
it
of
till
it
and
it
it
reef,
Or,
of spike.
in a clean crucible,
it
fire
or Paris
vitriol,
wash
over a
red, colcothar
calcine
vitriol,
little
after that
dry
brown
little
Tied.
when dry
neal
it
has no taste
again
well
;
then take
flux.
Blue Colours.
Take
fine smalt;
fine as possible
oil
of spike.
put a
wash
little
it
flux to
it,
and grind
it
with
Or,
the
flux-powder,
Take
IN ORDINARY.
1H
grind them,
ENAMELLING
Take ultramarine one
with
oil
of spike.
Green.
Take
with
oil
verditer,
and a
little
ground
flux
grind
them
of spike.
Grass Green.
Take
of
it,
Brown
Take
one part
Colours.
them with
take,
part, flux
two
parts
grind
oil of spike.
Purple Colour.
Take
parts flux.
Or,
Hair
Take
Colour.
it
in a crucible
grind
them with
oil
of spike.
Jpawn Colour.
Take
give
it
vitriol,
a red heat
glow
;
it
as
then take of
it
one
part,
i.
e.
flux.
Carnation
THE LABORATORY.
118
Carnation Colour.
Take
it
cool,
and beat
it
it
it
in
again
part,
if
flux.
fine thin
beaten plates of
put
them
steel,
it
of
this take
The
were un-
art,
compounding colours
for repre-
those particulars are the admiration of every curious beBesides their peculiar beauty and lustre, they have
holder.
this
advantage over
all
oil
or water colours
scratched with any thing harder than themselves, the colours will retain their beauty for ever,
bright as
when
first
and be as
fine
and
done.
To
explain this
more
fully,
see plate 4.
When
your re-
verb eratorv
ENAMELLING
verberatory
IN
is
ORDINARY.
mouth
119
fixed in
play into
it,
much room
slice,
only
let
may
it
be
there be so
with a
good charcoal
a
fire
The
metals
fittest to
enamel upon,
as has
been
said, are
gold,
upon
gold.
The
effect in the
As
work
upon
intirely: this
a white
may
serve to caution
you
to
make
trial
THE LABORATORY.
120
you
further.
work.
After you have prepared your plate with a white enamel,
and
is
it
oil
of spike
made of
dark red,
;
first
crocus
bv mixing blue and yellow enamel colour you have a fair green blue and red a
violet
red and white a rose colour
and so of other cotransparent ones with
fair
water
lours.
We
shall
here set
down
paring enamel colours, which will not only serve for ordi-
To prepare
Take
lead
fifteen
pounds,
Enamel
plate-tin
Colours.
ashes
sixteen
it
off,
over a
fire,
it
and
after
which, take
carry the
more
will
you
and the water comes off
it
repeat this
till
subtilize
off
ENAMELLING
more of the
off no
from
rate
Of
and
all
it
ORDINARY.
Then pour
IN
on a slow
tar purified
into a pot,
frit
* two ounces.
place
in a
it
Then
Thus
is
your
salt
all
of tar-
together
for use.
and evapo-
larger,
is
the water
fire.
take 12 pounds,
this calx
sifted,
121
subtil matter.
first
it
in a close,
it
dry place
enamel
colours prepared.
Take
Colour.
melted, throw
*
yourself.
It
it
or you
and having
may
purify
comes black
Then put
it
continue
the
tire
till
it
over a gentle
it
may evaporate
tire,
changes
till
to
it
till
white.
then take
fer
is
settled
ash.
afterwards
THE LABORATORY.
V22
afterwards dried
melt
it,
again as before
it
done
but in case
has
it
still
and be
as white as milk,
metals
take
it
it
to
;
again,
intent,
will
it
it
little
becoma
for use.
A
Take
purify
fit
thus puri-
add a
a greenish hue,
when
do
it,
serve
it
in a
dry, put
it
again, add to
it
melt and
into water
it
this
composition
scales,
thrice calcined*,
fine
powder
stir
ing powders.
management of
r
To
into a crucible
and
fift
in the
in the
mouth of
Put
them.
place
you
braziers or copper-smiths
them
direct
this preparation.
this
powder
a reverberator}'
them cool
then pound,
second time into the fur;
powder, and
it
will
be
lit
intended.
Afne
ENAMELLING
IN
ORDINARY.
123
Take two
of prepared
zafFre,
melted, cast
corporated
take
water
into
it
let
then dry
it
it
make
off;
it
when
it
to a fine
the metal
and put
fire until it is
into cakes,
it
into
well in-
and keep
it
for use.
A
Take two
copper
of iron,
ounce
Green Enamel.
blue
vitriol
one
arsenic
an impalpable powder,
to
it
tinge
it
When
equally.
the colour
then take
Take
it
off,
and you
fire,
will
to
is
your
to
liking, let
yellow
two ounces
arsenic
pulverize
and mix these well, and put them into a white glazed potf
* Feretto of Spain,
nace
Or,
of crocus martis,
per with
it
incorporate thoroughly
vitriol,
for three
is
thus prepared
in a crucible;
put
it
them
it
out,
in the
mouth of
and add
as before
to the
now
cop-
a glass fur-
copper fresh
in the
it will
f The best melting-pots for glasses and fluxes are made of tobacco-pipe clay. They may be had of Meffrs. Pugh and Speck,
melting-pot manufactory, bottom of Booth-Street, Spital-Fields. Ed.
set
THE LABORATORV.
124-
set
it
in the furnace to
which
cast
it
into
water
when
to your liking
after
again
if so, let
it
If
is
stand for
refine.
it
Black Enamel,
Take
preceding colours.
Take
ounce,
Or
crocus
zaffrc
one
A
Of
Velvet-black
Enamel.
prepared
proceed
as directed before.
A Purple-colour Enamel.
Of
manga-
proceed as
Or,
Principal
half,
prepared
manganese
pulverize and
proceed as directed,
Violet
ENAMELLING
A
Of
ORDINARY-
IN
12:
Enamel.
Violet
manga-
one ounce
pulverize and
mix these aU
A
Of
Yellow Enamel.
and a
half,
one ounce
arsenic
and proceed
as before directed.
An
Htd Eiunnel, of
excellent
This enamel
quantities
To
prepare
hours; take
it
ter,
is
and calcine
pulverize them,
crucible
then
off,
colour
sal-ammoniac
grind
dry
let
its
lustre
take equal
them reverberate
and wash
be of a red
in
this,
it
it
well in
well,
warm wa-
this
to
this
sition
grind, pulverize
quantity
THE LABORATORY.
126
have brought
to its
it
A Rose
Take
cible
at
let
the colour
until
it
it
stand
it
be of a
all
vitrify
six
more crocus
little
the colours,
(which
incorporated
with the
the better,
which
easily do.
A fine
Take
else
thin plates
warm
ashes,
put
or
matter of nitre
drops of
oil
oil,
into a
when
all
its
dissolve
stand for
it,
four
in
and beat it
ounces of
and
put in
this until
set
it
hisses
to
no more.
it, and
settle
by enamellers.
Aflet it
at the bot-
on
nt for use,
it
a small
of the cucurbit
crystal.
two or three
and stop the cucurbit
it,
tom
but that
dissolved, drop
is
boiling over
and repeat
neal
this
glass cucurbit,
sand, to
of tartar into
close, to prevent
drops of
it
Purple.
dissolve
that
crystal,
use of rocaille
aqua regia
if
martis,
not pure
are
into very
enamel,) must be
may
for
is
stir
Observe that
they
EnameL
Colour
pounds of ground crystal* melt it in a crufour different times, two ounces and a
five
add,
you
degree of perfection.
glass,
.
which
is
comes
off
Ed.
clear,
ENAMELLING
When
from
then put
it,
ORDINARY.
it
warm
or in
tile,
six parts
and
spike,
it
make
Take
green
vitriol
and
fire,
powder
it
oil
of
put
it
hold
it
Colour.
stir it
with
a good purple.
127
it
from the
to separate
add
IN
clear,
it is
reduced
repeat
it
burn
this
several times*.
But some
instead
artists,
of washing
this
powder,
in fair water,
it
and think
this
Or,
lour.
Melt
vitriol in a crucible,
when
it to a powder,
and dry it of this take one
part, of the principal powder three parts, and of transparent yellow one and one-eighth part.
Or,
Put vitriol into a crucible, pour a little aqua-fords upon
then put it in a clean earthen pipit, and neal it gently
kin, pour clean water upon it, and boil it one hour; then
pour off that, and put fresh water upon it wash it, and
when settled dry it neal it once more, and it is fit for use.
gentle
boil
it
fire
in clean
water
filter
* This, and some others are, in reality, the same thing with Colvitriol ; so are the following, with a little variation, viz.
scarlet ochre, Spanish brown, Indian red, Venetian red.
Ed.
cothar of
Of
THE LABORATORY.
12
Of
this
parts,
A
Take
of
one ounce
red
melt
it,
and pour
Some General
Before we
clude this
for
rules,
proceed
to
it
Obserzafio?:
;.
we
another subject,
will
con-
with
when
since
the skilful
they
admiration in
raise
artist
places
them
in
due
order.
The
only painted in
ancients
black
silver,
lour wrought by
itself.
But
since
the
modern
artists
have found out a way of enamelling with opaque colours, and of compounding them in such a manner as
to shade or heighten the painting in the same manner
as
is
done
gained the
in
miniature,
pre-eminence
or
in
oil
painting,
small portraits,
lustre,
this art
has
having the
which
is
never
The
ENAMELLING
The
which
green
opaque, do not
is
129
azure and
but
ORDINARY.
IN
suit
it
other colours,
all
copper
which
suits
with
as well
clear as
thick enamels,
all
clear.
is
if
you
prescriptions,
meet with no
will
such inconvenience.
only
with
fair
with
flux,
or
water;
the
lay
or copper, to dilute
silver,
it
:
and the
principal
matter,
colours,
mix
when mixed
opaque,
dilute
with
oil
of
spike.
Be
not
careful
per glazing
to
it
and then
it is
have occasion
thus
do with
and by
this
with
for,
when
it
finished.
fair
much as you
an agate mortar
grind as
water,
in
all
in readiness
to proceed in your
All
be used
in painting
at a loss,
but
enamel.
will
The
ingenious
artist will
fit
to
not be
several colours
who
try experiments.
vol.
1.
OF
230
THE LABORATORY.
OF ARTIFICIAL PEARLS.
It
will
pearls, as
The
artificial
a branch of jewellery.
it is
ancients
they have at
employed
The
;.
all
size, colour,
on account of
silver
white
their
whereas,
The
of milk.
Bohemia, and
been
tion
is
They
salt
Frisia f,
latter
are
Scotland,
always busy to
mimic
distinguish
them from
pearls of the
first
class,
or the real
ones.
We shall
how
to counterfeit pearls in
To
Take
tine
of
so
as to render his
his expectations.
vinegar two pounds, Venice turpenmix them together into a mass, and put
distilled
one pound
them
into a cucurbit
after
you have
fit
set
it,
when
it,
dry,
and,
on a
Ed.
f That part of Germany lying between the Rhine and the Ems.
Ed.
sand
ARTIFICIAL PEARLS.
sand furnace, to
much
too
After
of thin
do not give
it
this,
is
silk,
let it
The
heat of the
gar,
and they
them
to
take
them
Balneum
lute
Bal.
it
which there
in
distil
131
it
well,
put a
and put
it
in
remain a fortnight.
out,
what
bigness, shape,
to
you must
fine sil-
refrain
paste with your fingers, but use silver gilt utensils, with
which
your moulds
fill
them dry
little
them
bristle,
in a glass
after
close
it
them
leave
them
tract the
will
and
con-
Then
them out of the matrass, and hang them in mercurywater f, where they will moisten, swell, and assume their
take
oriental
* Balneum Maris, sometimes called
of sand, heated by a
fire,
in
Ed.
and line then with one ounce of the calx, and two ounces of pure
mercury, make an amalgam wash it with fair water, till the water
remains insipid and clear ; then dry the amalgam thoroughly ; put
;
on a sand bath, giving it such a heat as is requiWhen the matter is well sublimated, take off
the matrass, and let it cool. Take out that sublimate ; add one
ounce of Venice sublimate to it, and grind it together on a marble ;
k. 2
put
it
into a matrass,
THE LABORATORY.
1-52
oriental beauty
which
after
them
shift
into a matrass,
them, and
eight days
down
let it
it
Way
Another
Take
make
seed-pearls
oriental,
powder, on
to
marble
Artificial Pearls.
then dissolve
them
them
patch, set
mercury-wa-
in
To make more
ter,
dis-
in a cucurbit, in bal.
im-
when
set-
You
will
your
moulds
silver-gilt
four hours
and save
glass,
it.
at
and,
fire,
tled,
fill
the
off"
bristle
close
up the
an oven to bake,
in
it
and when about half baked, draw it out, take out your
and steep them in the liquor you saved before,
pearls,
putting
close
put
tFiis
water
in a pail of
this
done,
filter it
to coagulate,
and
it
it
fine sieve,
set
and put
it
in bain, mar'ut
into water
which
it
it
substance
there
let
it
remain
fit
till it
tor the
down
time
this beat
powder;
upside
and place
is
and
through a
well,
it
it
sift
it
close up,
resolves again
above-mentioned
use.
mora
ARTIFICIAL PEARLS.
more gold or
silver threads,
13
have very
fine
and bright
pearls.
Another Way.
Dissolve very
when the
water
ajum-
solution
first
settled,
is
in
distilled water,
it
this
mar ice,
in bed.
then in bean
or horse-dung,
To
them
give
mercury-water;
squeeze
in
it
water
six
in
nitre,
them
one ounce of
of litharge
repeat this
times successively.
::
Probably gratiola,
known term
gratuli.
i.
e.
hedge-/n>ssop,
is
Ed.
will
THE LABORATORY.
134
will distil
flour,
them
make
some
fine barley-
a paste, in
as before
Another Method.
Take
form
pearls, in a
through with a
an oven
them
whiten
mould
let
them dry
gross-
all
and
a paste,
;
them
pierce
in the
silver
thread
un or in
colour
under a
a dog's
ooth.
To
make
this
and
bristle,
of
lightly over
of eggs
fair
e.
i.
them the
give
shavings, thus:
when
true colour,
jilver,
dry, polish
make
a glue of vellum
after
them with
in
warm
water, boil
pipkin,
cloth.
your
between each
will give
it,
one another
this
lustre.
Korndorffer.
curial
water upon
it,
and
let it dissolve
and extract.
now
in use.
So/is
may
said
Then
them
w ater upon
r
silver,
it.
not
Ed.
The
ARTIFICIAL PEARLS.
The
by degrees
pearls will
clear calx,
much
mercurial water
dissolve,
like dissolved
and
135
at last turn to a
calx
silver
put
it
into
Take
them
many
into mercurial
and they
turn
will
water
fifteen
like
soft,
as
you
will
put
a paste
through
it,
and
let
it
stick there
till
wherein you
may
fix,
as
when you
into a matrass
upon a
lute the
find
neck very
close,
and sink
it
in a
is
asserted,
some reward
The
we
shall
the
wis expectations,
made of
add
to this
experiments balk
THE LABORATORY.
136
when
which,
from the
mishes.
many
well executed,
by their absolutely containing fewer bleThe method was kept a profound secret for
real
years.
Take
off,
is
very
common
Wash
in
way,
in a delicate
in fair water,
ral
little
called
of this essence
the essence
is
them weight,
give
to
wax
is
drop-
and
solidity,
security.
To
Take
when of
clean Pearls
pigeon's dung
moisten
put
a foul Colour.
it
them
fully,
in a
warm
month
enough
with alum-water, tq
may be
covered
all
will
become
fine
and white
if
you
To
ARTIFICIAL PEARLS.
To
blanch
and
J$7
cleanse Pearls,
fresh
pearls
warm
;
water
this
do
thrice,
in the shade
them
to perfection.
Pound
plaster
them, but
if
vou
let
this will
them remain
in this
still
rub the
powder twenty-
it,
White coral has the same effect, used in the like manner.
White tartar calcined and divested of all its moisture, is
very good for the same purpose.
Salt,
THE LABORATORY.
!38
Salt,
former things,
therewith
ground
and
millet,
is
as effectual as
it
any of the
by rubbing them
them up
in
some
OF DOUBLETS.
Doublet, among
lapidaries,
implies a counterfeit
between them
lours
so that they
if
may make
crystal
The
body of
genuine natural
brilliancy,
crystals,
which
the same
artificial
They have
when
finished,
is
required for drops of earings, &c. but they suit very well
for rings,
back-ground.
A
by
crystal,
They
are
made
is
manner
to be cut
it is
to
must be composed of
two separate stones, or two parts of one stone, forming
the upper and under parts of the brilliant, dividing the.
whole stone in a horiz ontal plane, a little lower than the
resemble; a
middle.
when
No
brilliant,
division
for instance,
is
fol-
Take of Venice
add
to
it
OF DOUBLETS.
feetlv pure, free
139
them together
stir
as the colour
put
is
that they
in,
may
Warm
be thoroughly commixed.
instantly
upon
it
manner.
When
the paint or
They
the doublet.
the mointing just above the joint, which will hide the arti-
fice
As
thought, on
trial,
to
we
shall
here insert
it,
it is
lest it
be
as follows
Take
much
too
to bring
to a right temper.
little
Then
if
you
clearest
dissolve
find there
more mastich to
what colour
take
made
JO
THE LABORATORY.
made
may
This
at
be seen through
Then make
it.
a quan-
mer-time
distil
and put
it
into the
or in sum-
fire,
of ivory, to preserve
from
it
dust, for
little
your use
boxes
it is
ne-
wooden
box.
When
ground exactly
to
(first
fit
nimbly
as
as possible
them
together; let
The
is
it is
fingers close
done.
some of the
The
and
cool,
artists to
sia n
press
finest
Sapphire
blue,
may
mixed with a
it
little
of the above-mentioned
Let not
it.
otherwise
it
shade which
But the
by
the verdigrise
is
is
impaired
it.
The resemblance
gon's blood
brightness,
which,
may
of the Garnet
if it
may
be
made by
cannot be procured of
dra-
sufficient
The
OF DOUBLETS.
The Amethyst
is
Ill
of some
much
in their hues,
strengths of colours.
specified,,
When these
colours.
ration
is
well conducted,
it
is
practicable to
bring the
to
direction alluded to
is,
This
is
Its
use
is,
to unite
manner be-
fore described.
INSTRUCTIONS
THE LABORATORY.
142
is
and
to give
pale
have
foil
foils,
transparent,
either deep or
colour,
to be of a pale colour,
it
again,
it
or leaves of metaf
them an agreeable
if you want a stone
thus,
put a
to
it
if
you would
besides, as the
artificers
in,
These
foils
are
made
Nuremburg
or
German
foils.
them
less trouble
to a finer substance
a well polished
as
possible
two
about
upon
iron plates,
but no
anvil,
six
about
inches
this
long,
work, take
and
as wide,
bend them so
as to
shake
the
until cool.
them
until
it
then, taking
them out r
number, put
in
this
you may repeat eight times, until they are as thin as the
work requires. You must have a pipkin with water at
hand, in which put tartar and salt, of each an equal
boil, and put the foils in, and stir them conquantity
then
tinually, until, by boiling, they become white
wash them in clean water
take them from the fire
;
drv
METALLIC
dry them
H3
FOILS.
anvil,
purpose.
much
attracting too
How
Tkke
about
fix
it
all
and colour
polish
this
some on the
laid
over, lay
your
as bright as a looking-glass
roll,
description
foils
your
lengthwise,
until
foils,
are coloured
of the oven,
and
it,
long,
the greatest
to
upon
foils
fine rag,
one foot
convex shape,
to a
bench, or table
to a
Foils.
bend
and having
per
to
five or six
perfection
and
salt.
or furnace,
now
I shall
dust.
but shall
give a short
first
requisite for
that
purpose.
and
as the former,
let
the
The lower
a hole at top.
this
furnace must
Before this
also,
have
little
door
fix
and
a sort of
lute
it
close-
clear,
and
free
them through
up so high as
to
fill
When
till
they
come
every thing
is
ready,
THE LABORATORY.
f44
you have
ready, and
foils in
the following
Lay the
the coals
upon
foils
is
may
at
a clear
fire,
manner
a pair of iron tongs
y and this is
done without any other vapour or smoke. When you
have done with this colour, put it by and if you would
colour others of a sky blue, then put the foils upon the
about
till
tongs as before
ing the foils over the holes, fling, with the other,
live coals in
some
the fun-,
the
it
of copper
it,
To
METALLIC
To
colour Foils of a
You
must
rected before
colour your
first
145
FOILS.
foils
a green colour
To
Put
holding the
foils
This may be
comes,
it
perceive
How
first
this,
Foils are
These
are
their colour.
melt
for,
changes to an amethyst
take
to
them
off,
foils as
as
soon as you
be
in a crucible
penny-weights of gold
when
in fusion,
vofc-
I.
Another
THE LABORATORY.
146
Another Way.
Take
and
small-coal dust;
put
it
into a
small-coal dust
when
it is
little
iron oven,
:
and let this
glown out, add such another quantity
glow for an hour. At the top of your oven
is
nearly
lighted,
all
to
of an amethyst, and,
lastly,
You may
a sapphire.
want a green,
let
those
foils
and
take
if
you
parts of silver,
them
melt, and
work
together.
curious art
is
lustre, colour,
still is,
the endea-
The
ARTIFICIAL GEMS.
The
of making
aft
147
artificial
tints
these
make
the yellow
shall
We shall
colours.
genious
artist
Take
how
ter
cible,, to
put
it
with a
lid
fill
caji get,
on burning coke
it
you
and cover
Crystal.
the crystal
is
Then
ot cold water.
an earthen
plate,
take
and put
it
it
it
it: then
and when
into the
same
it
on
crucible again
cover
it,
a sign that
is
it
is
calcined enough
if
black parts in the veins, break off the white, and put these
again into the furnace, and proceed therewith as before,
till
it
to
and
sift it
tal,
as
it
used for
ail artificial
Of
treat,
to
l 2
be.
TH LABORATORY.
143
be
it
ever so good
beauty of natural
To
At Harlem
very
produced by
is
crystal.
counterfeit an Opal.
make
they
which
is
lively,
position
come up
When
it,
the com-
the
is
colourless
and
round
for a
little
them being
And
To make
Take
a fair
Emerald.
let
When
cold,
after
it is
matter
is
If
it
again, the
lifting off
the
furnace.
ARTIFICIAL GEMS.
you
which you
furnace,
in
149
small expencex*,
it.
A
Take
deeper Emerald.
seventy-five
ounces and a
crystal, six
grains of verdigrise,
made with
vinegar
ten
proceed as
Or,
directed before.
verdigrise
To make
The
or rhubarb
to imitate
it,
is
like
cible,
not quite
full
by an
then
Or,
Take prepared
ounces
<es
sifted), four
times as
much calcined
'
tin; put
and proceed
it all
together
as before.
common
port-
Ed.
To
THE LABORATORY.
150
To make an
This
of gold
stone
is
to imitate
Artificial Chrysolite.
it,
it
To
This
and proceed
finely together,
little
counterfeit a Beryl, or
stone
is
as before, only
Aqua Marina.
take
it,
a beautiful colour.
A
A
is
sapphire
is
Sapphire Colour.
its
beauty.
some, of a
To make
will
are
some of a
;
and
violet.
There
half,
smalt twenty-six
come near
This colour
to a violet.
Take
of prepared manganese
(all
zafFre,
and
six grains
Another
ARTIFICIAL GEMS.
151
Of
live ounces,
eight grains
io a violet.
A garnet
much
is
and
like a carbuncle
both, if exposed
is
To
fire.
put
it
zaffre, pul-
into a crucible,
and pro-
ceed as directed.
Of
five
ounces and a
half,
prepared manganese
5 grains
pul-
small
152
small pieces
;)
or
THE LABORATORY.
else warm them thoroughly by
them
and they
will look
degrees,
in
fair
that
water,
you may do in an iron mortar, but, as the powder may contract some of the iron,
it will be proper, after you have taken it out, to pour
on it some muriatic acid, which will clear it of the iron,
and disengage it from impurities wash it in several clean
them very
rize
fine
this
to
fit
is
the finest glass, and for imitating the clearest and most
transparent gems, especially those that require the lustre
of a diamond or ruby
may
to use
will save
them-
but
stones,
flint
flint is far
preferable, and
made of
An
Qf
two
the above
parts,
Of
the
four parts.
Of
salt
the
approved Composition.
flint
powder three
part.
Or,
and borax
Or,
flint
powder two
parts,
of refined pot-ash, or
pebble.
powder
parts
and a
Or,
Or,
six
parts
and an half;
nitre
two and a
tartar one
part.
To
ARTIFICIAL GEMS.
To
and how
;
your Work.
153
tinge
to
and finish
Take
Instance,
To make
Take,
zaffre
to
mix well
may make
a Sapphire.
your
liking,
proceed to
finish
may make
you
You
and
it is
the
practitioner in
if
it.
it.
down some
Know then
may
one
is
be prepared different
effect in colouring
of
beratory
fire.
To prepare
^s before
afterwards, dry
and
THE LABORATORY.
154
and
sift
it
colour of brick-dust
crimson colour.
it
from
Put
but
this
powder up
will
be of the
glass,
of a fine
it
carefully, to preserve
dust.
Take
parts;
iron, or steel
mix them
it
a strong
it
then shake
well
furnace
it
let
it
set
it
when
this
it,
them
cold, pulverize
powder put
in the eye,
Moisten some
dry, grind
safe
from
it
;
several times,
it
a crucible
or hole, of a glass
this is a
glass.
with Aqua-Fortis.
sift it
set
to a fine
dry
till
it,
it
powder
;'
moisten
it
again
you see
it
re-
it
up
dust.
Take
sift
peating
into
and
when
and
into a wind-furnace,
sulphur three
air
into a crucible
fire,
then
out, and,
it
one part
filings,
pot, or pan,
reverberator^/ Fire.
filings,
and put
it
into a large
cover
it
ARTIFICIAL GEMS.
155
where
it
will swell
and
powder
rise into a
as before
most
valuable, crocus,
This
in the
art
tliis
is
the
of co-
To make
Take
of crocus
a fine Hyacinth.
martis,
or of that iron
powder pre-
The Opal
This
mix
it
is
by
pitated
made of
common
silv&r dissolved in
salt
add
to
it
aqua-fortis, preci-
some
it
load-stone, and
gives divers co-
Of
Such
as
v/ill
Chystal.
powder
fined
of
nitre
this
little
trouble.
Bartholomew Korndorfer's
mond of
Take
trie
best
large or small,
it
in a crucible,
use
one ounce
colour, with
may
mortar to a fine
so
polished
it
Secret
to
make a Dia-
a natural Crystal.
is
crystal,
no matter whether
much
of
my
may be covered
all
put
fixed
over
with
THE LABORATORY,
156
then, after
it;
Thus
far
left
us in the dark.
Hcrx
We
this
make
to
used to
manner
to
vering
ing
it first
with a
them gently
too much,
it
tile,
until
may
we
whether
let
it
the
a clear fire
all
over, blow-
for if
bloAvn
it is
When we thought
lour,
we had
fire
go out of
itself,
if so,
it
had changed
and took
then we
it
laid
fire
co-
its
out to see
it
again
but
if il
had not the right colour, then we augmented the heat again
as before, and looked often to sec whether the force of the
fire had taken away all the colour, which was done in about
if then the blue colour was not quite
five or six hours
gone, we began our operation afresh, until it Was white
and clear. It is to be observed, that the heat of the fire,
in the beginning of the operation, must increase by slow
degrees, and also in the same manner decrease
for if the
stone comes either too suddenly into the heat, or from the
;
some
it is
all
fly to pieces.
The amethyst
is
very
light,
and
re-
quires
ARTIFICIAL GEMSi
quires but a slow
for if
fire,
it
has too
15T
much
heat,
it
be-
comes
cond
sort of false
diamonds, or doublets.
To make
a fine Amethyst.
flying asunder.
To make a Ruby,
Take
weight of water
steel
or a fine Hyacinth.
then
on warm sand
filtrate
it is
cold
set
it
in a cellar,
after
it
days more
make no
this
extraction
* Fixed nitre
is
it,
and
let
is
it
stand four
observed to
vinegar,
and
nation.
Ecf,
there
THE LABORATORY.
158
coloured powder
This
is
sweeten
with
this well
warm
water.
Then
take black
flints
calcine
them
well, as has
been
and
sift this
through cambric
and of the
aforesaid tincture-
powder
artificially
To make
Take
I.
e.
till it
Ruby
prepared powdered
flint
Balass.
purified pot-ash,
grains
five
crucible
melt
be red-hot.
grains
give
it,
then give
cool of
it
mix
together,
all
a gentle
at first,
a strong
fire,
for
of prepared manga-
and put
fire,
till
it
it
into a
new
begins to
let it
itself.
Take
powder
it
and mix
f This
is
it
well together
Ed.
mixture,
ARTIFICIAL GEMS.
mixture, put
new
into a
it
upon
them
as will
full,
and
the crucible
fill
159
it,
much upon
and
set
it
in
then give
it
a slow
fire,
and augment
to
let
it
will find
it
cool,
polish
tin
they
will
have
also
natural Gems.
you
If
please.
you
ground
fling
tripoli,
it
little
will
agates,
are false
and
this
is
good
test for
knowing a
mereal
diamond.
All other precious
cut,
may be
but the
ground, or
polishing
is
dif-
ferent.
The
THE LABORATORY.
160
The
sapphire
is,
<
it
may
The
beryl
is
calcined muscle-shells,
leather.
A balass is
The
with
upon tin
upon pear-tree wood
tripoli,
or calcined
flint,
or
or
The
of
tin,
A
Take
and
let
soft Stones.
salt,
dry
* This
is
it,
is
equally as good-
FART
.RT OF
MAKING
PART
OLASSo
l(l
IV,
THE
Of
GLASS
is
Glass.
a transparent,
brittle,
flints,
factitious
Some suppose
though they
body, pro-
it
first
to
lire.
invented
At what
is
altoge-
of the
we recommend them
to Neri's
and
THE LABORATORY.
now proceed to a branch of much more
162
and we
shall
real
utility.
Glass
is
When
nearly 15.
which
it
suddenly cooled,
be
becomes
it
brittle,
Lately,
communicate be stopped with the finger.
balls have been found out to resist very
smart strokes of a hammer, although they are easily
shivered in pieces by the fall of very minute and light
bodies falling into their cavities. These glasses may be
made of any shape all that is to be observed is, that their
bottoms be made thicker than their sides. These experiments were made before the Royal Society, by whose
members various reasons have been assigned. Glass ap
air
however, such
pears
tallic
'#
t
the
more
fit
An open
substances are.
summer
of vapours than
glass filled
me-
with water, in
it,
manifestly, moistens
it.
and a
Glass
the glass
frisk
and
leap.
Glass
is
elec-
trical virtues.
Materials of Glass.
which
kali,
cut
is
down
is
163
in the
summer, dried
in the sun,
in heaps, either
on our sea
coasts,
a similar
furnish
salt.
and employed
Other
soda.
of
more
glass,
soft,
In general
6rc.
it
may be
observed,
much
so
called
that the
of Spain,
occasionally,
and,
and coloured
the
it
will be.
fusible,
and indeed
would furnish as
sino,
many
of our
own
good materials
Maidstone,
glass
in
for green
glass.
Take what
Glass.
will,
quantity,
stands above
them
let it
then
draw
THE LABORATORY,
164
pour
it
first
if
clear and
is
of an amber colour.
This
runs
put
clarified lye
it
washing, copper
full.
On
with lye
but
let it
not be
filled
little
barrel
in, to let
but
make
that diminution.
some
first
cold lye to
it,
when
fire,
and
let all
the
break
it,
and put it into the calcar (see the next article) and raise
your fire by degrees until the salt is red hot, y et so as not
to melt it.
If you think it calcined enough, take out a
piece and let it cool then break it in two, and if it h
thoroughly white, it is done enough but if there remains
a blackness in the middle it must be put in the calcar again,
until it comes out thoroughly white.
If you will have it
still finer, you must dissolve it again,
filtrate it, boil it,
and calcine it as before the oftner this is repeated the
more will the salt be cleared from the earthy particles
and it may be made as clear as crystal, and as white as
snow.
Of this may be made the finest glass possible.
"According to M. Merret, the best ashes in England are
!-:::.'. frcm thistle?,
and hop-stalks, after the hops are
r
gathered
ART OF MAKING
gathered
and among
165
GLASS.
mulberry
trees, the
reckoned to
is
The most
yield better,
Tobacco stalks,
wormwood, &c.
and it is
produce likewise plenty of salt
observed that fern ashes yield more salt than any other
as hops,
are bitter,
when
burnt,
ashes.
Description of a Calcdr.
turning
after the
seven feet broad in the widest part, and two feet deep.
On
one
from
side of
which
part of
at the
it
it is
is
mouth by
this
and
it is
car-
reverberated
frit,
it,
Into
is
flies
very black,
and goes out at the mouth of the calcar: the coals are
placed on iron bars, laid in the trench; and the ashes
fall
through.
Take
pot-ash
stir
and
boil
it
and
settle
an iron kettle
beat
into pieces,
solve
it
let
it
earthen vessei,
this in
it
in a clean
;
until
and put
again in clear wat^r
it
it
;
and
boil
it
boil
then
in a calcar to calcine
filtrate,
dis-
as before;
and
THE LABORATORY.
166
and the oftener you repeat it, the clearer and finer will be
your glass but if it is for coloured glass, once or twice
:
doing
will
it
be
sufficient.
To make
Take
impurities from
Of
it,
and
it
will
be
fit
If
it
it is
pared
it,
what
it.
ashes, prepared as
silver
thirty
Take
it.
work
to
the
all
the longer
and separate
it,
it
melting furnace
nights,
w^sh
,-
let
sixtv pounds,
this take
pounds
of pre-
four pounds, white lead two pounds, clear dry nitre ten
mix
all
well
will
together,
and
have a beauti-
Or,
Take prepared
silver
nitre thirty
pounds, borax
Take prepared
silver
Of
prepared
two
Or,
nitre
thirteen
pounds and
Or,
about one pound and a half.
pounds,
ashes
ten
Prepared silver sand
six
pounds,
six
pounds, bo-
tar three
But of
this,
more
tar-
Description
167
Descriptioji of a Glass-furnace.
The
blowing of
yards high
it
glass,
;
is
each of which
is
brisk fire,
It is
is
which
is
whether
vaulted.
keep a
making and
for the
properly
is
Its
use
is -to
The mouth
is
vault or partition,
Round
filled
with
the
is
made of
brick luted,
is
is
or piling pots.
a third
yards long,
cooled
this
oven,
Above
taken from
about
oven
or
five
or six
into
is
this furnace
called a leer,
where the
to
On
The
on the
floor or
bottom
but they
where the
glasses are to
sarosel.
ojeen-
THE LABORATORY.
168
green-glass furnace
is
square
and
at
each angle
it
The metal
is
sides,
and on the
the
frit,
and
come from
to discharge the
made
smoke.
Fires are
made
in
done
in one furnace.
These furnaces must not be of
sandy
stones.
fire,
is
made
or tobacco-pipe clay, of
which they
also
their melting-pots.
of a sort of
and
ful-
make
made
of Stourbridge clay.
It is
when they
are
the faulty pot must be taken out with iron hooks and
forks, arid a
speedily put in
(for glass-furnaces
its
place,
Your
C, are
AR.T OF
MAKING
GLASS.
is
169
fuel
a bricked vault,
means
vent.
into another
little
reverberatory furnace,
which
will
be
may happen to be
The inside of this
used.
direction,
time,
larger
crucibles
higher,
so that
the rim
of the cruci-
ble
through them.
This furnace
is
glass-making.
Fig.
2.
plate C,
is
the art of
outside.
The
wooden
THE LABORATORY.
170
wooden
An
handle.
up the
glass,
Scis-
glass
put
into the
it
in the
iron fork, to
for the
stir
to
the
stir
frit.
An iron rake,
An iron fork,
Of
There
are
distin-
Round
such as
glass,
Window, or Table
phials,
viz.
&c.
drinking-glasses,
I.
2.
glass, of
&c.
3.
Plate-glass,
To make oysfal-glass,
ed small, and
of the
salt
mix them
the
heating
first
and keep
that they
the calcar,
fire,
may
it.
stirring the
them
hours
after
increasing
is
called frit.
remove
it
cover
it
up from
make
After
out,
this,
also bollito,
and
set
it
months.
Now.
frit,
to
called
adding
manganese
a due quantity of
it
Ill
when
the two
of the
sandher, which would otherwise make the crys-
till
it
Now
or this
set
it
to
or six days
little at
will incline
come of
it
Let
to a blackish hue.
a shining
hue
which done,
it
it,
because
clarify,
it is fit
to
it
Flint Glass, as it
same general kind with
crystal glass.
nally
It
made with
is
by us, is of the
which in other places is called
name from its having been origi-
has this
calcined
flints,
and
now no
This
from the
glass differs
usually called
that
it
flints
has
retained this
used in
its
crystal glass, in
name,
composition.
having lead in
compositon, to flux
it,
six
THE LABORATORY.
To either of the above compositions, a pound or two of arsenic may be added, to increase
the flux of the composition. A still cheaper flint glass may
172
ounces of magnesia.
six
senic,
senic
may be
cheapest of
sists
pounds of
substituted fifteen
make
all
it
more
brittle
common
salt
But the
thirty
pounds of red-lead, twenty pounds of the best pearipounds of nitre, fifteen pounds of common salt,
ash, ten
and
six
pounds of arsenic.
white sand
them together
and there
will
fire for
let it
set in a
half an hour
grow
cold,
wind
common
makes a
glass like a
fur-
then take
capable of cutting
it,
glass,
sensible impression
To calcine
washed
in
the foregoing.
ingredient.
Brass
increases
weight
its
sky-co!our to
this
when
glass,
is
well calcined
and
to
do
Take brass plates, and cut them into small slips, and put
them into a crucible cover and lute it well, and give it a
;
reverberatorv
fire
it
melts,
your labour
all
will
be
lost
it
it
will
stand in that
be well calcined
to
113
let it
sift it
grind
it
spread
that
To
try
the calcination
To
is
perfect,
Red
Cut
Colour, or a Yellow.
it
stratum su-
on a charcoal
der and sift it
fire
:
in a
when
this is
done, put
it
it
it
glass
All
the
it
pow-
when
cold,
for use.
all Colours.
on the inside
for a
new
is
unbut
the second time of using these pots they lose their foulness.
2.
nor too
4.
little.
in
You
THE LABORATORY.
174
You must
5.
must put
it is
it is
fine
and
clear.
To make
Take
verized crystal
them together
at the
frit
2 pounds
mix them
and put
well,
cast
them
into water
clear the
it,
will
be
fit
me-
to work,
with.
Hon)
Before you
first
in the
for a
pot
to
take
a
upon the
it
little,
then take
of time,
small space
after
iron,
it
the glass
raise
out to
let it
which work
it
cool
on
Blue Glass.
Take
crystal,
A
To
one pound of
ounces and a
half,
Chrysolite Glass,
frit
Sapphire
A Sapphire
To
i*?5
Green Glass.
frit,
two pounds.
To make fine
Take
the
them
solve
timony
aqua-fortis
tin,
nine parts
dis-
calcination
its
or shavings of
filings,
in
spring water
evaporating.
crysolite or emerald.
This
glass will
melt upon
silver,
like
enamel, and
may
be used, on several occasions, for such things as are proper for ornaments.
To make
Take
little
Ruby'^coloured
Glass.
and
little,
let it dissolve
and
dissolve
it
fling into
in aqua-regia
much
as
you
solution of the
colour
frit,
and
with
let it
glass in fire
becomes a
it
dry*
the
tin,
this
by
and
will,
it,
will
also to
it
much
of the
at first
then proceed
it
fine ruby.
Ed.
THE
Ho
THE LABORATORY.
is
IN MINIATURE.
Flame of a Lamp,
Manner :
-performed by the
lowing
in
tk&foU
First, provide yourself from the glass-house with several pipes of glass, that are hollow in the inside, of se-
veral colours,
table,
as
artist,
who
is
fig. 3,
When
a pair of bellows, B.
the
is
the
or with
tal-
plate 6.
artist
oil,
below the
table
C C,
di-
it
will dissolve
the most stubborn glass, and you may, after you have sof-
tened the end of your pipe in the flame, blow through the
hollow, and form, with small plyers and other useful tools,
tvhatever you please: small twisted nooses of wire
upon
The
poses
of
in
work in,
in order to
The whole
one piece.
are
shape and
art
depends
practice.
in this case
put
some
which such
it
contains.
In soldering,
it
Rffw
AR.T OF GLASS IN
How
to
Salts,
Take
it
of pure
very thin
Glass Utensils,
on
lay Silver
MINIATURE.
Drinking Caps,
silver
177
Dishes,
Plates,
S(c.
into a matrass,
then put
it
it,
and
let
it
till it is
and
little,
cool
it off,
set
the
let
then take
as before, to
crystallize
silver is
this
repeat,
then
take
the
all
till
glass,
to digest, and
it
sand-bath a
pour
it
off,
and there
with this melt your glass,
will remain a glass-green liquid
and put it into a glass furnace, or into any gentle heat
your glass will look as if it were silver plate.
filter it,
and evaporate
in a
little,
of sal-ammoniac be too
turned to a green
upon the
vol.
i.
silver
salt,
then pour as
:s
it
much
to a
spirit
silver
of that
green
spirit
liquid.
Acufioui
THE LABORATORY,
I7S
A curious Drinking
Take
may
on the
tion
cither in
will,
Glass.
be even
oil
then paint
colours,
what you
open
it all
clammy,
whilst
mean
oil
and
upon
let
it
it
Then
&c.
and before
it is
press
down
The
close
it
oil
quite dry,
dry thoroughly.
clear varnish
When
gilded.
make
this is dry,
put
if it
it
it
may
this lute
it
the
not be perceived,
and
a paste of chalk
let it
tho-
then smooth
it with pumice
and when that is almost dry, gild it with leaf gold, and give it two or three
layers of lac varnish, and the gold will remain firm.
Instead of painting with oil colour, if you only anoint
the inside of the glass with linseed oil, and then strew
it over with spangles, and put the inside glass gilded, to
This hint will anijoin, it will have a singular beauty.
stone,
and lay on
let it
it
to
try farther
experiments of this
kind..
How to Quicksilver
them
Take
dry
a thin varnish
make
bis-
First
179
till it is
and put
as
in the hole
it
gently, and
move
every where.
and
to
be
If
fixed,
it
it in,
may
pour it
about, so that the amalgam may touch
you
hold
find the
it
full
of spots
amalgam begin
to be curdly,
it
will flow
If
any tolerable
improper
tery
with
taste
of designing or painting,
some few
its
GLASS*
not only
hints,
it
who have
will not
he be
which we
all
it
satisfy
his curiosity
inclined, to lead
shall
be
mys-
him
do in the plainest
and smooth.
Strike
one
side of each
capital strokes
work them by
dotting,
another.
4.
After
THE LABORATORY.
180
4.
the best
lay
any other
5.
work
done
this,
heighten the
lights
of your
which take
such places where the
is
way of etching,
to fall strongest,
in
and where
it is
You may
6.
lay
all
sorts of colours
except yellow
Necessary Observations
in the
Your
it is
painted.
The
lower division
The middle
for re-
is
fire.
is
for the fire, which has an
and three iron bars cross the top, to
set the square earthen pan upon, which contains the
.
division
painted glass.
The
bottom, and a
smoke and
The
lid
at
top,
in
aforementioned bars
which are
flame.
earthen pan
is
made of good
potters clay,
accord-
furnace, about
fiat bottom.
It must be
no larger than to have at least two inches
round, free from the sides of the furnace*.
fix
proof, and
space
all
* Such
it
at the
is
bears, that
towards
it is
wonderful so few
artists
it!
When
GLASS.
181
When
you are going to bake your glass, take quickwhich previously has been well nealed, or made red
hot in a fierce coal fire when cold, powder it, and sift it
through a small sieve, as even as you can, all over the
bottom of the pan, about half an inch thick then with
lime,
lay
many of your
as
This continue
it
the pan
till
is full,
sifting
Upon
glass,
the layer of
let
very close
it
all
powder be
filled to
as
the brim,
the
in
the uppermost
round,
made of
to prevent
potter's earth
make
js dry,
entrance of the
by a too quick
furnace
fire
increase
the glass
it
fuel,
till
the furnace
is full
when you
and of a
work
is
qualified yellow,
near done
crease of the
sparklings
streaks
When
you see your colours almost done, increase the fire with
some dry wood, and put it so that the flame may rever-p
round the pan then leave the fire, and let it
and the work cool of itself. Take it out, when
quite cold, and with a brush clear your glass gently from
berate
go
all
out,,
the
182
powder
the
that
THE LABORATORY.
may lie upon it, and
your work
is
done.
The
be treated
of,
and are
as follows
upon
next to
glass, are
For a Carnation
Colour.
Take
grind
Or,
nation.
Take
gum
and
stiff;
then put
grind
it
all
to-
in a glass,
4 days.
Of Black
Take
Colours.
look yellowish,
as before directed.
Take
glass
Or,
Ed.
Brown
A Brown
l83
Colour.
very
fine,
A Red Colour.
One
to
make
will stand
Take
;
the
fire,
flakes,
Or,
it.
part
good red
is
orpiment
when you
grind
poison-
is
ous.
0}\
Crocus martis, glass of antimony, and yellow lead
Take one
fit
grind
glass,
a small
them toge-
to paint with,
and pro-
Or,
from a
frit
glass house,
A Blue
Take Burgundy
an equal quantity
Colour.
grind
and lead
glass,
to a very fine
powder, and when you use them, lay the flowers that are
to
THE LABORATORY.
184
to be of a blue colour,
make
a green.
Blue
verditer or smalt,
will
make
A Green
Green
rocaille,
them together
clear
Colour.
one
and
part,
line,
der
for
grind and
cible
mix
it
two hours
it
well,
and give
it
into a cru-
a good heat
it
in a furnace.
with
with a
185
on the smooth
side of the
and you
glass,
will
Melt as much
until
mix
ver
it
;
fine yellow.
Or,
in fusion,
it,
have a
it
it
silver as
much antimony
with as
as
is
sil-
ochre, neal
quench
it
well,
mine,
in
above specified
ground
it
will turn to a
brown
red,
which
mix
very
it
and
fine, lay
on the smooth
it
side
of the
Or,
glass.
small
put
bits;
;
A pale Yellow.
Stratify
with powdered
pipkin
them
it
yields
Take
and fit
it to
paint upon.
parts of white
flakes
work much
neater.
Some
THE LABORATORY.
186
the
Management of
paint-
lay your
in the pan,
glass
undermost,
side be placed
painted
the
let
permost.
all your colours with gum-water.
Grind the black and red upon a copper-plate
Dilute
2.
-
3.
colours you
4.
is
may grind on
other
also the
Germany
',
Old broken
good
that purpose
for
so
is
the green glass of potters, and the glass drops that run
The
5.
in the furnace.
colours which are used by
may
also
glass.
A particular
Take
it
for
Way
to
bruise
it,
and put
little
you may
also gild
it
into the
fire.
dissolve
it
little
GLASS.
187
powdered gum-arabic well together with clear water; when they are well incorporated and fine, then write
and when alor draw upon your glass what you please
most dry, so that it is but a little clammy, lay on your
little
gold, press
night
it
off the
gently
glass,
and you
will sec
it
make
it
red hot
Take
two
write or
draw upon
parts of lead,
quantity of white
water
let it
To
clear
cotton,
so as to
little
stand over
the ornaments,
dry
it
little
then
Glass.
lead; grind
temper
glass,
THE
ART OF GLAZING AND PAINTING ON FINE EARTHENWARE, COMMONLY CALLED DELFT WARE.
Potters who
may
pany
respects, the
same method.
What
THE LABORATORY.
188
What
is
sufficient
painting, as an instruction
however,
set
down some
How
Take
to
paint
We
shall,
but
first
we
shall
shew,
work them
designing and
in
flowers, landscapes,
or whatever else,
figures,
to
flint,
capital, or the
Take
them
cine
to ashes, as has
rake.
Take
of clean
tin
ashes ten
Or,
tin
pounds
salt
fine
four pounds
Or,
one pound
salt
Another
189
Calcine
to ashes
Another White.
Take
of rock-salt
six
pounds of Venice
Saltzburg White.
Take
parts lead,
part
and pebble
Take
of
flint,
five
pounds of
six
pounds of
three parts
or six
one
tartar
Or,
he.
Or,
and one pound of
salt,
lead,
to ashes
twelve of
and twelve of
flint,
salt
lead,
&c.
five parts,
three pounds of
Take
tin
tin
melt
wood
ashes.
Take
zcill
mix them
flint
and
salt,
them
of
for
Take
calcined pebble,
flint,
wood
pounds
THE LABORATORY
190
by the Dutch
ture
is
cake.
The
tin
tin.
Take
is
thus glazed,
a cake.
With
this
in
set
in them,
is
round
the
the ware
it
is
that go through
is
kept asunder
pan must be
entirely
closed up.
A fine Yellow).
Take
two pounds
melt
it
again.
antimony and
;
grind
tin,
it
Take
of each
fine,
and
you
witt
Or,
ore,
li-
0/\
Take
potter's glaze-work.
Take
191
A fine
Takz
six
calcine
Citron Yellow.
parts of red
lead,
brick-dust
iron filings
little
flint,
melt
them
to
cake.
A
Take
eight
Take
ble,
Green Colour.
of
parts
of brass dust
;,
Venice
Or,
flint
or peb-
Blue Colour.
into a cake.
Or,
them
pound of
as directed.
litharge,
zafFre,
a quarter of a pound of
salt
melt
Or,
One
THE LABORATORY.
192
One
of
part of tartar,
zaffire,
as before.
A Brown
Take
part
of
common
glass
Colour.
A Flesh
Take
Colour.
glass.
A Purple Brown.
Take
lead-ashes
fifteen
An
Take
fifteen parts
white sand,
five parts
clear sand
parts,
eighteen
Iron Grey.
of lead-ashes,
fourteen
of copper-ashes,
parts
of
one of manga-
A Black.
Take
lead-ashes
two
but if you
zaffre
;
this,
will
when
have
it
filings three,
melted, will
blacker, put
it.
A Brown
potter's glaze-work.
A Broicn
Manganese two
part
193
on White,
glass
one
rust
and white
A fine
Take
Red.
When
it all
your ware
is
and bake
it
Green.
Two
salt
as directed.
A
Take
of white glass
A
Menning
Or,
Yellozv.
two
parts,
to a cake.
vol
i.
good
THE LABORATORY.
194
A
Take
tity
good Yellow.
melt to a cake.
glass half a
finely
ground by
itself,
to
paint
A
One
Brown.
glass.
A
Take
ble or
Liver Colour.
4
flint,
five
half a
peb-
Sea Green.
six of
A
Take
salt,
pound of
flint,
tartar,
three quarters of a
tin-
pound of
dust.
To
POTTER
To
GLAZE-WORK.
195
Earthen Ware,
so as to
Make
any
and when
you wish
to silver, gild, or copper it, take a regulus of antimony and
melt any of the above metals with it, and beat it to a powder grind it with water, very fine, and glaze it therewith.
Then bake it, and when done, the whole utensil will look
it
thin, neat,
baked, glaze
and
it
silver fashion
but, before
then bake
you bake
it
it,
again, if
like silver
for
when
it
comes
it
antimony
But
if
you
it
from any wet, then you may lay on the gold or silver
leaves with brandy, and afterwards polish and finish it in
the best manner, after the common method.
o 2
PART
THE LABORATORY.
196
PART
V.
SEVERAL
I>T
TAKE
pot
much
to cast
that
is
as
glazed,
it
in the sun, or in a
warm
place, to
dry.
After
take of
it
is
197
thoroughly dry,
two pounds,
vitriol
one pound
mix them
and
together,
pour upon
about
it
be
will
The
put
for use.
it
put so
solve
fit
much of
it
hours closed up
per
it
two quarts
let
it
it
into
balls,
melted metal.
Take
good
to
cast
clear sand,
and
a colour-stone
if
the sand
mix
this
is
and
in.
take
fine
it
on
tence as
is fit
to
beer
If
clay
you would have a fine and sharp cast, sift over your
some fine washed ashes, before you make the im-
pression*
To
THE LABORATORY.
198
not
ing Metal
Take
fine
much
as
it
cast-
in.
with lamp-black, as
per
for
be heated,
to
mix
it
to
fit
then tem-
mould,
as
is
with the
it
oil.
Take
an equal quantity of
tartar
boil
up the mixture
with
this water,
in a
cop-
which keeps
so as to
into balls
it
and temper
again,
it,
as
you did
at
first,
to use
let
them be
or, for
them
may
again.
cast very
calcined in a potter's
will cast
it
with urine
furnace
of
this
then pul-
make your
To
199
To impress Basso
Ivory.
Take
eight eggs
put to
it
gum
arabic
and
it
press
will
all
like ivory.
curiosities,
Take
them
qti
in fair
water for
six or eight
days
or three hours
this
them
for
two
as
it,
take as
much
as
and sharp as
if
To
THE LABORATORY.
200
To
cast Vegetables in
Silver.
Take
mortar
fine
and give
and
pound it in a
put in your clay,
dry, and
is
it
thoroughly, take
fire,
and
off
it
after
let it
cool
grind
them
make
a coffin
all
together.
Then
and
some
take
spread
it
is
potter's clay, to
in
what manner
dust
thick as
it
cover
it
fine
of
and heat
itself
it
all
over as
with
little
is
let
the
fire
by degrees
with the
sand, and
come
silver
it
fire
some wool
live
to a strong glue
take, afterwards,
shearings
then
fine
let it
clay,
cool
fine
beat
glue,
Then
and scrape a
tartar,
little
sal-ammoniac into
silver
and
some of
fling
After
cast,
it is
upon your
this
silver,
it,
to give
is
when
in fusion,
and sharp.
it
which
oil
of tartar
it
pearl-colour.
to cast
all Sorts
of things hi Goldy
Take
powdered
plaster of Paris
sift
and put
coal
about until
fire
stir it
it
it
a clear
water
this until
cool.
Take
cover
and
it,
sift
colour
when
it
dry, put
To
Four
it
to neal thoroughly,
cast
soil,
parts of the
brick-dust,
when you
gether, and
sift
are ready to
them through
to
them,
and
THE LABORATORY.
202
and
stir
them
To prepare
Take
and
else
wijl
it
Mould.
the
stalks so as not to
make
then
coffin, either
at the
may
bottom you
a
so
it
lay a
but
your
let
it is
come
plants and
up
stuff
of a right consistence
do
plants,
to
lie close
while,
it
out sharp
needle, pouring
it
to cast
upon vour
which might
this stuff
hardened, put
if
the
let
make
to
it
it
all
the
After this
i$
you have
until
it
from
frost.
you would
If
anointed with
easier
can
upon a little
must be
will,
board,
oil,
to
make the
make
paper,
it
will
it
and
may do by
will
come
little coffin,
off the
if
hang
in the
tying
at the top
middle
when
and
it,
mould
after the
is
you
as to
hairs,
first
plaster-stuff
is
cast insects, or
tile,
little
dry,
it
will
be
it
of
this
upon
fit
for
use.
If
upon
it
let
insect,
make
it
or
a wall about
stand a
little,
it,
20$
Sec.
wall,
this
on the
with
insect,
upon that
oil
your mould
plate,
asunder, and be
will take
is
here directed.
with small-coal
it
and then
fling
some
then
warm wood-ashes
may be
gently conveyed to
has glowed
it
inlet,
spout that
is
and
moist,
is
ashes,
little
hand
ready.
You may
also burn
glow
coals on and
as has
it
having your
if you
and lay the
coming
been directed.
in,
warm
sand, and
silver,
it
in quick; but if
To
little
dry a
it
as has
been already
Tie your
a
boil
fall
stick
little
dip either of
them
i?i
directed.
another manner.
and
let it
pretty
thin,
;;
THE LABORATORY.
04
thin,
the
let
little
it all
hang
it
plant, or insect, in
free,
over
you may
then put
any thing
else
display the
you would
and when you have done this, hang it in the
coffin (the little stick may rest on each end of the coffin) ;
then, pouring your plaster over, you will have an exact
mould then proceed as directed before.
leaves of the plant, cr legs of the insect, as
have them
If
put
it
if it is
in vinegar
its
and put
and
leaf,
it
on
a spider, or grasshop-
it first
upon a
insect to stand
legs in turpentine,
its
be too strong
will
;
fix it to
plant.
To
Melt
cast Figures, or
(in a glazed
over a gentle
milion
and
fire,
then cast
oil
fire
with
pipkin) half a
this
mix half
mould,
and take
pound of sulphur
pound of fine ver-
into the
let it cool,
Medals, in Sulphur.
after
it
out
it
it
off the
being
first
anointed with
it
and
it
coral.
Hon)
to
form and
Fish,
Take
an earthen, iron, or
wide enough
&Tc*.
tin ring,
which
is
high and
cast, and
upon a clean board, or paste-board then lay the
animal upon it, and cast the mixture of fine plaster pretty
thick over it
the rest of the vacancy you may fill up
set
to hold the
it
with
205
when this is
with a coarser plaster, even to the brim
done, and pretty well dried, turn your ring, and putting
:
little
crust
on that
cast a
side, to
casting as directed
How
Melt
to cast
small Shot.
then pour
gently, in a
it
whereof swims
face
oil
of a finger thick
HOW TO
The
fore shewn,
for
which reason
it
is
needless to repeat
it
again.
If
in,
you
will
make
coffin
first
it
mix
it
it
over with
may
cover
it
all
over
every
oil
something
flat,
then
TH LABORATORY.
206
then turn
it,
and make a
about
coffin
it
some
oil all
over, so
closed.
After the plaster has been a day or two upon the image,
it
will
be quite dry
then, with a
till
wooden
mallet, beat
which being taken off, the rest will come off easy and
after you have dismantled the whole, anoint the inside
;
oil,
and
do twice
let it
dry in
this
convenient
and,
when you
after
it
most
To
To prepare
207
Wax.
the
and
To
Lay
cast
stir it
about
till it is
cool.
in Basso Relievo.
board; inclose
it
upon
it
when
it is
you
mould
first
for a quarter
please.
You must
make
mould of
you must
always anoint it with oil, two or three times, which will
not only preserve them from the damage they otherwise
would sustain from the water, but make the cast pieces
plaster, let
come
it
out clear.
To
figures,
do
you must have a hand-spout, or a glysterend whereof fix a tin or iron plate, full of
this
pipe, at the
made of
fine chalk
of several colours
then force
down gently
when dry,
it
and,
first
will
over with
fish glue,
and
it,
it,
then
lay
it
and
it
be of singular beauty.
The
208
The
colours you
THE LABORATORY.
may first dilute with gum-water,
before
Another
red
masticot,
lead,
brown-
verdigrise,
cakes,
little
to the
wafer
close
Paris
it
then varnish
To
press
or give
it
Take
fish,
or reptiles,
fruits,
garnish the
plants,
Small animals,
is
in order, wall
strike
to
make
little
turpen-
round
then
upon the
table
it
the casting
same with
Dispose them in
he.
is
glow
dry,
it,
fix
make
in order
:
;
209
CASTING IMAGES OF PLASTER OF PARIS.
is over
and when you think the pewter
your casting
till
sufficiently fixed,
you would
cast
may
model your
in silver, then
it
may
leaves,
be after-
To
Take
cast
isinglass
make
it
into a paste,
You may
it
over
all
it
but cast
warm
it
into
your
and you
will
Another.
Take
potter's furnace,
and they
lute
if
you
mass
will
fit
to
will
in
if,
mix it
them dry
of different colours, you must
moulds, wherein
to cast
let
mix
mould
pour
it
into your
you may do
i.
&c.
vol.
let
be cast
Another Mixture
Take
and
well,
it
an earthen vessel
this in
it
will
come
it
with clear
press
it
with
please.
To
THE LABORATORY.
210
To
Take
cast with
Marble Colours
in Plaster.
he.
a gloss with
A Sand
wax
in fvhich one
may
Take
pound
earth; put
fuller's
red hot
is
it
dissolve
it
in
when
the better
powder
and repeat
fire,
it
after
the heat
another
is
till
it
when
it
brass, iron, or
wood, but
aforesaid water
then
times
it
it
with
then give
it
the more,
to a
very fine
which may be
either of
grind
moisten
make your
water
into the
over, sprinkle
quenched
is
metal
first
this
it
little
it
about one
with
cool, put
put
in a reverberatory furnace
lieliexo.
it
best.
till
you
or varnish, as pleases
it
it
little
with the
got,
cast
use
it,
make
it first
red-hot.
To make Horn
Take
lime,
soft.
let
it
boil together to
one third
then
;
plume comes
longer
off,
when
it
put in shavings, or
three days
in
drawing
boiled enough
is
it
is
and
it,
if,
settled, filter
filings,
it
of horn
let
them soak
let
-,
first
with
boil
it
through a cloth
out, the
it
if not,
211
then
therein
oil,
work
in
To
Take
earthen pot
till it
over
all
it
as
into
many
Moulds.
as
you
will,
cover
Horn
cast
horn shavings
new
in a
please.
boil
well
if
so as to
it,
with an iron
stir it
you
into a mould,
knife,
and
it
and
will
bring horn to
To
Wood
cast
it
much
of
as
then cast
let it
dry
be of one
manner
it
ladle,
have
will
solid piece
fragrant
Take
fine
clean pan
saw-dust of lime-tree
wood
put
it
into a
tie it close
Then
the finest
them
boil in clear
pump-water, and
filter
let
through a clean
rag
add
then
till
it
P 2
casting.
THE LABORATORY.
f}9
Then
casting.
and put in
a scent
amber
lours,
oil
it,
if
you
such as
Your mould
binders.
anoint
it
it
beaten
article for
book-
will
to give
little
will
like,
with a
will,
over with
it
let
oil
of almonds,
it
leaving only in
in order to
some
it
wood,
It is a fine
is.
by several authors,
Set
down
only
approved of
after different
a few,
and
three pounds
pour
it
out,
wherefore
I shall
are best
reflecting Mirrors.
first,
For
Take
ways
and,
when
First
:
when both
cold,
beat
it
to
are in fu-
powder:
213
it
let
cool
it
is
commonly
called the
mixture.
steel
Some
artists will
it is
new
quires
it is
used
of a mirror without
it.
Another.
Take
is
fire
put into
it
may
it
it
be well cleansed
of pewter, and
let
then add to
some of
hard and
brittle
it,
and
then pour
cold, rub
it
if so,
Take
into your
it first
mould and
let it
it
cool
is
;
and
dissolved
when
it
even, polish
it
it is
and
with
Or,
copper one
arsenic or tartar
them
more pewter
let it
little
little
up
too
it is
lamp-black.
then add a
pounds
it fifty
part,
;
pewter three
when
parts,
and
a verv
let
incorporate.
After
THE LABORATORY.
214
After the metal
is
formed and
cast,
it is
requisite to
have
fine dust,
Or,
made out of one pound of pewof copper when these are melted, add
ter,
Another
Take
for
part
sort
copper wire,
;
cible,
bismuth
and melt.
eight parts
five parts
put
them together
it,
and what
which
sort
it,
used
is
fine
all
when
sticks to
into a cru-
it
it is
let
in fusion
cool
if
the
colour
* Spelter
is
another
name
for zinc.
ounces
it
pour
it
215
moulds
into your
Peter Shot's
Take
pewter;
parts of fine
it
then pour
it
smoke
stinking
first
is
small
stir
evaporated
smooth
in
it
sand
been directed.
ways copper is
the chief ingredient, which must be tempered with a
as has
made
different
and
and
this is
done by pewter
arsenic.
To
mould
for a
it
Paris,
of
all,
and
it
it
and
last
If
let
give
you would
cast a
and wet
it,
tur/ied
may
but
if
rulers
THE LABORATORY-
216
rulers
on each side
then cut
this crust
for
of
wax
out of one
it
furnace
done, grind
it
to
reddish
pan
and get
it
it
by
clay,
another
into
burnt in a
it
When
colour.
upon
in a cool place
harden.
to
and form
into a circle,
this
is
and rain
and
it
:
may be
laid
on with a
when
wax mould
over,
on a coat
of haired clay, of about two fingers thick, and let this
also dry in the shade.
Then take it off the bowl, and lay
the concave side uppermost, and do as above, viz. lay with
let
it
dry,
lay
all
over
making a charcoal
it,
fire
un-
that the
ycu
as
are
about to pour,
fling
the
it
mould
and, whilst
:
after the
it
is
for,
if
melted surface
in flame,
you
do,
it
more
will
from
in another,
its
into
off in
is
cold, polish
prove a detriment to
the mirror.
The
;
;
polishing
viz.
make
water,
smooth
jt
is
from
laid
all
217
is
it
it
it
has
is
Keep
a perfect gloss.
as possible, to prevent
its
tarnishing
continue
in as dry a place
it
but
if it
should tar-
An uncommon Way
Take
of preparing a Mirror-mixture on
Brass.
fine
vinegar
boil
let this
is
some
on a gentle coal
fire
until the
liquor
dient
of the
it
is
it
pretty hot,
it
for
in
it
an iron pan,
an hour together
this
paste,
third part
and
is
when
pound;
in this dip
brass until
Soap-tin
is
not a
common
appellation.
It
may mean,
pro-
now
this
218
LABORATORY.
i'.THE
mercury
away, and the tin colour remains on the plate then let it cool, and take a little prepared emery upon a piece of leather, and rub the plate over
with even strokes, but not too long, for fear of rubbing the
flies
from the
tin
lish
make
N. B.
may
You may,
brass.
it
making
it,
and
By
this
To
Take
water
as
wash them
is
fusion
in
you manage
if
it
it
and then
in lye,
much powder of
please.
cast Iron.
you
figures
sulphur
a strong
right,
it
put
fire until
and smooth.
To
Take
break
neal
it
it
cajt Steel.
put
it
in a
steel,
good strong
Then add
crucible,
and
sixteen or twenty-
violent
*
nitre
it
it
dry, and
when
pot,
violent fire,
sition
will
it
with
39
this
compo-
To
Take
Iron us
cast
and clean
on a charcoal
fire
you
steel
of
filings,
when
"white as Silver.
in fusion,
clear the top of the dross, and preserve the mass for use.
Another Method.
Take
tartar,
and a
oil,
little
fixed nitre,
a crucible
mixture upon
silver
but
Take
it,
and
brittle,
it is
set
it
it
on a charcoal
will
ounces
fire
the
fling
dissolve
purified
e.
i.
Or,
oil
of this take
colour.
pot,
and give
it
it
cool of
itself,
and at
the opening of the pot you will find a white, sometimes a greenishwhite, stone, which put up in a dry
to prevent
its
warm
have a
air,
it is
keep
it
melt
in a large
matter
fine transparent
let it
may
preserve
JIow
THE LABORATORY.
220
How
to
from Copper-
plates.
Take
it
fine,
and put
it
where
and be
will jelly,
it
When
picture, cut so
much of
the jelly as you think you have occasion to cover the copper-plate with
dissolve
utensil,
this is
mean
while, your
it
to dry
is
covered
set
it
then
knife,
you may
it
it
and when
it,
or such like
in a clean pipkin,
it
fire,
but
if
lift
it
made
up from the
plate
if
you
find the
more ising-glass to
more water, and boil
little
It again.
Of
mixed with
Ising-glass,
for Im-
pressions of Plates.
1.
For
red;
mix with
it
some of the
liquid in
which
scarlet rags.
2.
For
2.
mix
221
it.
For green
3.
and mix
as possible,
4.
For yellow
5.
grind
it
gold colour
as fine
it.
is
made with
mix
it.
fron-yellow.
Gold,
6.
silver,
may be
for painting,
printers
plate.
To
cast Plaster
of Paris on Copper-plates,
shall
then mix as
have occasion
for,
into
much
with fresh
upon
it,
and move
let it
it
so as that
it
may
run even
all
dry,
fore
it.
Take
Paris, of
is
a ledge of
wood used by
printers.
Ed.
with
THE LABORATORY.
222
of parchment ~ knead
size
down
it
into
your mould
it
but
milion
yellow,
severally
mix with
the
for
com-
position.
You may,
eggs,
which
instead of
is
more
gum
To impress Figures
Calcined
and
the whites of
or size, use
binding.
in Imitation
of Porcelain.
worked with
dough, and
come
fine.
PART
PART
22S
VI.
A COLLECTION OF VERT
VALUABLE SECRETS
FOR THE USB OF
SMITHS,
SWORD-BLADES
Sword-blades.
are to be
made
tough, so as not to
and
all
make them
butter, to
for
which
edged instruments.
little
care
in the practice.
How
to
imitate the
Damascan
Blades.
THE LABORATORY.
224-
in the best
manner, and
it
finish
it
hand
with
this
by rub-
it
make
spots
wash
little after,
all
How
The
the
will
be bright.
Turks take
and
after they
have
them therein
made
repeat
nine
times
running,
which
this they
makes their
blades red hot, they quench
their
To perfume a Sword-blade,
so as to retain always
an odo-
riferous Scent.
Take
grind
agate mortar
the best
oil
after this
when
the blade
is
forementioned mixture,
though you do
will
this
little
fire,
and
spunge in the
all
over
To harden
Steel
mon
Take
the leather
is
the better
will resist
and
cut com-
Iron.
it is
it
to a
for use
which
is dis-*
solved
225
earthen pan
and make
it
give
To temper
Take
it
Steel, so as to cut
distil
Iron
like
Lead.
from earth-worms,
in
an
the juice
of radishes;
of an excellent temper.
Iron quenched
1.
in
distilled vinegar,
or in distilled
it
will turn to
an oily water
this
liquor will
make
iron
if quench-
lye
made of
quick-lime and
salt
of soda, or of
good
quenched therein.
6. The dung of an animal which feeds only on grass,
mixed with water and calcined soap to a thin paste,
gives such a good temper, as to make it cut untempered
hardness to iron,
if
iron.
vol.
i.
c^
7.
Ox
THE LABORATORY.
'226
Or
7.
them on a
good temper
and express
their juice
this gives a
grater,
to iron
Take
8.
Red hot
9.
salt
mixture
this
A particular
Of
Secret
to
good temper.
harden Armour.
common
salt,
powder
armour with
powder upon them, and
wind a wet rag about them, and lay them in a fierce charthen quench them in urine.
coal fire, till they are red hot
If you repeat it, it will be the better.
black soap
all
To temper
Take
make
excellent Knives.
in distilled rain,
it
water,
made
Steel or Iron, so as to
or
the
warm
knives
Another Method.
Take
grater
black
put
and
oil
them on a
them stand
press
quench the
Tak i
files,
or
grate
old
let
or Spanish radishes;
Then
two days.
steel
salt
it,
and
other Tools
it
to
will
be very hard.
a softer
Temper.
little
227
EXPERIMENTS ON IRON AND STEEL.
when you see them change
colour,
them
softer
still
it
is
and
you
if
let
them
may
General Rules
We
to he
is
after this
manner you
too hard.
know by
The
ing.
heat,
keep the metal in the liquor for quenching for if the iron
be made so excessively hot that it is not capable of receiving a greater degree of heat, it cannot well be quenched,
j
and
it
become cankered
will
most other
curious
Take
thereof
it
appears of a saf-
and
called gold,
however, in
things, practice
is
is
this, as
it
round
iron
knob
fit
to
be
well as
fix
hammer
but if
is
it
at
Fire,
one end
turning
it
and
to
quickly round
o^2
cause
THE LABORATORY.
228
from passing
off.
To
Anoint
1.
charcoal
with tallow
it
fire,
and
neal
it,
To
2.
it
Or
3.
take a
in a gentle
human excrement,
softens
two hours.
lime, and cow's dung; cover
it
clay,
little
it,
it
itself.
as above, with
over; neal
all
cool of
let it
is brittle.
and neal
it
in a charcoal fire
then
let it
itself.
who
Take
5.
lead, put
it
it
into oil
this repeat
and
ning.
be very soft
will
be very
will
9.
as the other
with
it
soft.
this
and
10.
let it neal
Take
your iron or
and cool of
itself.
it,
and
it
will
common
be as
beans, quench
soft as lead.
A particular
A particular
from
Time
Powder and
and
Iron,
Oil,
to
preserve
to
it
229
long
ve ry useful in Armories.
The Powder.
Take
commonly
silver,
and
sift it
is
as
through a
to
them, and
The Oil
Take
iron pot
pour
it
oil,
and put
into the
oil
take
it
out,
and melt
glass
grind
fling three
it
it
again,
this,
and
and the
greasiness
oil,
well together
it
an
salt
into
it
oil
and
into a
oil
for use
it
swim
at top,
it
again
in
and
'
:
it
will take
Litharge
is
a drying quality
it
clean off:
now used
;
for
it is
if,
afterwards,
in a simiiar intention, to
merely a drying
oil.
make
the
oil
of
Ed.
armour
THE LABORATORY.
230
clear
oil,
it
will
keep from
rust
ingre-
dients of the
Another
Fry
Oil.
its oil,
and put
settle
with
never
although
rust,
into a phial, to
lay in a
damp
place.
Take
the Etch-water.
into a glass,
for use.
To make
Take
the
Ground.
of chalk,
finely
all
pounded
or needle,
then etch
it
draw or write on
grind
let
it
fire,
it
Another Water
Take
two ounces of
to
etch with.
verdigrise,
salt
ture
till
it
to etch,
keep
fire to
it
this
231
is
till
hold
you
it
with a
over the
it
find
it
etched
deep enough.
Grind
oil
once.
or varnish
with
this
wipe your blades all over, and let them dry well, and
harden then write, or draw, with a pointed bodkin, whatever you will then put them at some distance from each
;
vitriol in
glass or pot
some
out
set
pan
dissolve
some
it
it
it
off,
cool
let
it
boil for
and you
to your satisfaction.
To make Blue
Take
blue
the blade
then, with
blade
oil
this
it
over a charcoal
colours, write
oil
Letters on Sxeord-blades.
hold
let
make
it
the letters
it
will
till
it is
you will
when dry, take good
what
letters
them dry
warm, and pour
;
fire
it
;
come
all
over the
and
blue.
After you
have (of good wire) made your small fishyou must not put them into the fire to harden,
but lay them upon a red hot iron plate
and when they
are red, fling them into water; take them out again, and
when dry, put them again on the hot iron plate, and
ing hooks,
when
THE LABORATORY.
when they appear of an ash-colour,
into cold water; this will make them
232
they will be
Take common
of each
sible
salt,
saltpetre
or Steel.
them in as little warm water as posthem through whited brown paper add
filter
it
supply
rate,
and
put
it
with more
it
and
keep
set
it
it
this
on
evapo-
pulverize
spirit
it
in that
if
but at
will
it
it,
may
again
dissolve
then
them
tough, otherwise
brittle.
tity
fling
then
warmth, and
the brandy, or spirit, will extract all the gold, and be
of a beautiful colour. With this water you may, with a
new pen or pencil, write or draw what you please upon a
sword-blade, knife, or any other thing made of iron or
and
steel,
it
will
close,
put
into a gentle
it
Sttel or Iron.
about
colour
If
steel
if
it is
it is
of a copper colour
it is
right, but
of a red
better.
it
your hand
in
233
some
cotton into
it,
over the
fire
until
it
all
rub
inclines to a black
woollen cloth,
it
it
the while
it
and rub
to a fine gloss.
If
with a
again
it
you would
have the ground brown or blue, hold it over the fire until
turns either to the one or the other colour; then wipe
it
it
it
with chalk.
Take
one pound of
pan add to
in an iron
and
well,
add some
take
all
stir
it
fine
common
it
some
pewter, and
salad
oil,- let
let
it
wheat
flour,
and
stir it
melt
it
evaporate
from
well about
it
then
mixed with
and
or regulus of antimony
resin,
stir
it
makes
this takes
it
and
and
THE LABORATORY.
234
you
If
Avill
have
it
Another Method
Take
make Pewter
to
as White as Silver.
flux
it
add to
it
the flux
to this
mony, and
into
an
and
fling
silver
make
colour
it
much
flux
find
will
it
into
melted
(after
you
then cast
you think
tin as
cast
may
add a
it
powder,
a fine
to
of a fine
it)
will
it
mortar
in a
this
thereof as
you
an hour
Beat
ingot.
requisite
let it still
to
bismuth.
little
0r,
ingot.
N. B.
There
many more
are
secrets
To make Tin,
Take
which
sort
make
and beaten
itself into a
it
together until
powder.
is
it is
salt into
for sifting
con-
it
let
stir it
it
it
it
melt
well to-
separates
Or,
melted, pour
fit
it
or Lead, Ashes.
and forms
to
good sound.
and
relating
found by ex-
It is
it
then put
stir it
this
pow-
salt.
The
remaining
235
set
stir it
it
in a rever-
you
will
have
A
Take
saffron, as
strong gum-water
let
it
honey
stir
it
as
you
then mix
it is fit
honey
and put
will,
it
into
it
with a
it
to the consistence of
a cloth, and
much
add to
strain
little
clarified
it
comes
afterwards through
Or,
for use.
Take linseed oil skimmed over the fire, and add powdered amber and hepatic aloes, of each an equal quantity
set
cover
your
it
it all
tin or
Water
over the
and
fire,
stir it
until
it its
pewter with
to be
it,
it
will
have a
fine
thick
If
then
you anoint
gold colour.
Take
put
wash
it
it first
dip
fine
one ounce of
fine
it
and
into the
it
come
out with a
Hardness,
melted
tin,
and
it
will
bright lustre.
Take
wash
it
fine crude
antimony beat it
becomes sleek, and
crystal
in water until
it
fine,
and
let it
dry
again.
Then
quantity
beat
them
fine,
THE LAEORATOR.V.
236
and
nitre
tartar will
lid
you
will find a
yellow
fore
it
is
then cover
let
salt
this
salt
them
then
them well
stir
out of the
let it
fire
cool of
down
to the bottom,
and
will
beat
itself;
it
little
pound
weight.
Then
it,
and quench
made of
it,
cut
it
much
fill
it
on
oil
it
all
hours in a circular-fire
will find
linseed
new pan
neal
after
it is
open
cold,
while
it,
pound of
When
fine
Take
it
fine
all is
in
as will cover
;
put
set
it,
it
into
three
it
and you
Of
silver exjctlv.
To
Take
them
to
237
easy.
resin
fusion.
A particular
Melt
Method
Silver*
and when in
tin,
fusion,
four
it
add four
ounces of bismuth,
;
mony
to
anti-
powder grind it with resin, and a little salammoniac, and with turpentine form it into balls
let
them dry in the air when you would use them, beat them
fine, strew the powder thereof upon the melted tin, stir
it well together, and continue putting the powdered balls
upon the tin, until you perceive it white and hard enough:
of this tin you may draw wire, for hilts of swords, or to
then beat
it
to
make
buttons
it
will
always retain
Solder, to Solder
Take
ounces
them
and
tin
lead, of
its silver
colour.
Tin with.
bismuth two
thin
small charcoal
Another
Take
resin
and
fling into
them
* Asafoetida
may
fire.
is
Solder,
oil
little
let
devil's
for Pewter.
Ed.
and
THE LABORATORY.
338
them with
hold
it
filed
the resin
dust
some
over
when
it
flows, take
it
it,
and
off and
let it cool.
Take
lamp-black
grind
it
with
oil
when
draw
dry,
:
the best
all
it
way
to
colours, to
There
hammer when
ceeding flexible,
rejected.
for that
which can be
purpose
re-
the best
is
and can be
the more soft and ex-
easiest extended,
cold
as well as the
more
brittle,
are to be
an
239
an inch square,
they cut
flat,
parcels, each
batter ail
which
they
parcel containing about forty leaves,
hundred
pounds
seven
at once with a hammer of six or
into thin pieces,
After
weight.
these leaves
will
this,
is
upon
to prepare
their surface,
indeed
this
filing,
by steeping them
in an acid water for a certain time, and scowering them
with sand when taken out by which method a woman
ous and expensive, there
way
is
to
it
workman can
file
is
than an expeditious
in several days.
common
is
water,
made eager
pains
little
for, after
pounded
it,
little
with
this
they
fill
troughs or
tuns,
workmen go
to turn
in
their
room
and
the liquor
as
more
plates
but
it
Germans
plates in acid
and
salt,
instantly
This
is
two
the method
common
more
requires at least
the
is
intense, the
way
menstruums,
as
to
work
in
air,
in order
to rust.
After two days, during which every plate has been dipt
into
These
THE LABORATORY.
210
among
if you dissolve
pound or two in
little
produce
in themselves,
much
dearer;
is
sal-ammoniac therein,
about
any
to dissolve
face,
particles of
it
left to
may
that
rust after
it
it
has been
tinned.
must be observed, 1.
immedi-
it
hammer
2.
in
its
Steep
them
or fuller's
in clay,
them with
sand,
and when there remain no more black spots on their surface, to throw them into fair water to prevent their rusting
again, and to let them remain, till you are ready to tin
it
is
thus
four sides, of
it,
it
it
into
which
does surprisingly.
it
The
it is
24i
be tinned,
tin itself
it
for if
if
too
and a
dirty yellow cast.
To prevent this, you must make an
essay with small pieces of the scaled plates, and see when
be too
proper order.
the tin
is
in
is
more
plates
you would have the coat some plates you only give one
laver, and these you plunge into lin that has a lesser degree of heat than that into which you plunge those which
you would have take two layers when you give these
plates the second layer, you put them into tin that has
not so great a degree of heat as that into which they were
put the first time.
Observe, that the tin which is to give
the second coat, must be fresh covered with suet, but
;
common
ed
tin is sufficiently
sort,
without preparation
for,
new
melt-
be
tin to
joined.
To
Take
varnish of linseed
oil
put
;
make
it lie
Take
with cotton
close.
Another Method
to
wipe your
vol. i,
it
tin or pewter,
it
clear
which must be
first
with
this
warmed
before
THE LABORATORY.
242
before a gentle
on your
lay
The
in
fire,
juice of nettles
is
also
it
down with
and rather
fit
gild
cotton.
Another Method
Take
gold-size
Method
to
several
ways
oil
gild,
with
let
gilt tin
polish
on
to take
wood
or any thing
be
it
is
your ground
leaves, press
let
it
dry
them down
when dry,
it
will look
in fire.
To
Take
lay
this lay
it
a fine gild-
as if it
it is
beautiful lustre.
with cotton,
with cotton
it
else
and has a
gild Pewter.
to
gild Lead.
lead,
known by
Latin for
/".
article.
that
e. tin-foil,
and
name
but
it is
proba-
because stannum
is
the
Ed.
SOME
243
SOME
BRASS.
To make Brass.
This
done by mixing and melting copper and calacalamine is dug in mines about
it is burnt and
Mendip, &c. in the West of England
is
made
it is ground to a
powder, and sifted to the fineness of flour, and mixed with
ground charcoal, because the calamine is apt to be Clammy,
calcined in a kiln
red-hot
then
wherein
pots
;)
it
after
melting
it
it,
its
is
cast into
ore of calamine,
lumps or plates.
may be immedi-
it
a quick fusion.
Take nitre, tartar and salt, and beat them together very
When you see that your metal begins to sink with
fine.
little
little
it,
and,
when
into
it,
of
and be
of a malleable temper.
To make Brass
that is brittle,
and apt
to
crack in the
Working, malleable.
Take
tartar, nitre,
and sulphur
R 2
pulverize
them together
THE LABORATORY.
244
ther
and
after
over,
and
it all
let it
A
Take
melted, liing
three ounces of
silver,
one ounce of
brass,
itself.
zinc,
when
Take
fine
milled lead
in the aqua-fortis
tate or sink
it all
cut
it
in
little
glass,
and
white.
If
set
it
all
Open
air or
weather
clear
it
let it
melt
a smith's forge, or in a
make
it
look
Or,
Take
smoke
it
Silver.
you repeat
be the whiter.
in
and put
will precipi-
of a quantity of
let
it
to the bottom.
Put
bits,
much
it
from the
swim
scales that
at top
then pour
it
made
or such like, and the copper will corn fine and nice
then take
it
let it
when
when it
per, and
again
arsenic in,
by
the copper
is
is
it
over
in fusion, fling
little
and
little
tie
and nose
it
melted, granulate
again for use.
of
245
eight
;
it
be
to
lit
silver
make any
thing in imitation
Or,
silver.
ouivcs
is
It will
Take white
tartar
two ounces of
it
more
ounces,
let
glass-gall four
them
wind furnace,
flux in a
hammered
neal these
brass, both cut into small pieces
and quench them in lye made of a quart of urine,
an handful of salt, four ounces of white powdered tartar,
and two ounces of alum
boil them up together, and
;
well,
repeat
it
When
them together
stirring
crown-glass into
it,
and
let
it
melt
then draw
it o,ut
again
tine white.
It you take of this copper twenty-four ounces, and melt
one ounce of silver amongst it, letting it rlux well with salammoniac, you will have a fine mass, which mav be
worked
into
what shape or
utensil
it
will
When
THE LABORATORY.
246
When
to
some
fling
sal-am-
moniac into it, to make it malleable and in hammering, he must often neal it, and let it cool of itself; then
hammer it gently, until it is as thin as he would have
;
it
for if
it
is
will
it
be apt
to crack.
The more
metal
this
it
then, rubbing
afterwards three
work
will
it
be like
will
it
nealed
is
When
be.
with
and
done,
is
and boiling
charcoal,
ham-
gently
work
the
of
tartar,
it
your
silver.
Bindings.
When
the book
skin, or with
is
parchment,
it
is
ticle
under the arof " imitating tortoise-shell on ivory or horn :" some
as are taught
and
after
JMake
fine
at
strain
it
hand, take
on
first
frame
is
made of
hog's
bristles,
bristles,
lour
many
may
stick that is
rough
if
skin, dot
a tyger's
at the
it is
it
and after
spirit
ojl
and
oil
of spike
it
of wine, of clear
let it
stand until
it
is
and
dissolved
settled.
to
write
Take
temper it with
and having strained the
a frame, wipe it over
parchment
tight
and smooth
in
to
same
make
glue,
it
even
then cover
it
this
when
dry, scrape
it
it
as before
what
you please
to
little
fit
for
to write with.
To
THE LABORATORY.
248
Have
article
warm
solution of
ready prepared, as
a
stick,
and put
it
gum
will
be directed,
stir
motion
in the in-
A Green
Transparent Parchment.
make
it is
a great
preserver
249
by candle
The
much
light.
oil,
and boiled
you would have the parchment of a clear, transpaand white colour, only wash, strain, and varnish it as
above*.
after
fire
fit
and
when you
it
is
for use.
Take
Brasil-wood, as
which
lye,
is
clear
have
it,
strain
it.
as before.
For a Blue.
Take
indigo; grind
it
it,
to the quantity
of a pea
and
cottages,
being
less
liable
to
suit for
break than
Ed.
For
THE LABORATORY.
250
For a
Temper
Violet or
Purple Colour.
tv/o-thirds of the
as before directed.
it
For a Black
Take
alum, beat
water, to a fourth
some powdered
Colour.
into powder,
it
part
then add
nut-galls,
and
boil
boil
it
in rain-
vitriol,
them together
this stain
With
and
Roman
with
with
when
it.
transparent parchments
these
One
curious bindings.
sort used at
parchment over
it,
it
it
an
uncommon
lustre
and beauty.
Pound
bole-armenic
screw
fast in
it
it
then,
it
dry
little fair
cut of
the
due
size,
pressing
when
them down
dry, burnish
it
softly
with
with a dog's
tooth.
To
251
You
wood
fair,
must
observe, that
first
you ought
ink,
for
to
do
Take
from the
through a cloth
top,
and
it,
let it
let
water
them
boil
and put
to
it
it
little
clear chaik.
To prepare
Take
new
of Brasil wood-shavings
and
let it
as
little
and
little,
and
gum
put
stir it
gently, by
it
little
when
you
will
have a
and
this ebullition is
let
it
put
it
again
Take
over,
Brasil-wood
Sticks.
shavings, or chips
put them in a
going
THE LABORATORY.
252
going
it
and
into shells,
come
to
it,
set
to stand
made
in the
it
hour
a full
and
fling the
settling
away
first shells
fore
this
do,
till
it
quite purified
is
piece of parchment
water, in a
little
By mixing
maps
will
it
to the
or in a
with wine, or
it
fair
or prints.
you
them,
as
it is
shells,
proceed as be-
then boil
in a nut-shell,
dilute
much
it
up
it
you may
cup, as
into
set
fit
sun,
little
and with a
white lead,
little
Take
when rubbed
against
a large head,
fill
spirits
distil
of wine
fire
will
fall
distilled in
another
This coloured
will pass
like
if
bottom of the
:
spirit,
purposes
in this
still,
which
To
Take
lay a
:)
herbs, and
make good
over a gentle
may
(if
it,
gild Paper.
ground with
it
it
over
when
dry,
candy,
gum
with
it
it
lay
To make Indian
Burn
and,
and dissolve a
water,
253
gold,
it.
Ink.
it on the fire
manner, burn some horsechesnuts, till no vapour or smoke arises from them.
Dissolve gum tragacanth to a proper consistence, and mix
till it
with
it
ther,
in like
the lamp-black and chesnuts; stir them well toand put the paste into moulds, or form it as you
Another Method.
Put
oil
five
hang an iron or
venient distance, so
there
take
is
it
tin
as to receive
it,
the smoke,
when
and mix
feather,
all
of
at a con-
clearest oil
up in the
it
makes the
finest
ink.
To
THE LABORATORY.
254-
or lessened
you ought
of white-
six quarts
and proportion
put
them
into a pot, or
pots, or
bottles,
and
let
them stand
on the
fourth day, put the pan with the galls upon the
fire,
when you
keep the
see that
is
it
almost ready to
boil,
and,
vessel,
Ink
255
to
which together
will
make one
and
quart
Or,
of ink.
Take
gum
or four ounces of
arabic
vessel,
when
gum
the
is
dissolved,
Take one
Or,
vitriol.
gall
pint of beer,
let
boil
it
till
both powdered
stir it till it is
cold.
Take,
five
ounces of
ounces of gum, a
little
galls, six
ounces of
vitriol,
four
gallons
them
into an earthen pot, and add a little salkeep the mixture from moulding. Or,
Take for one quart of ink, one pint, and half a quar-
of beer
put
ammoniac,
tern,
to
galls,
together in
quor upon
and,
when
a glazed vessel,
it;
stir
settled,
it
pour
often,
it
vitriol,
li-
more,
and you will have
into a bottle,
Tfi
;};
THE LABORATORY.
256
Take
bitter
almonds
a ladle, and
it
smoke on
in
it
catching the
smoke
after
in
make
the resin
it
skillet,
little
has done
it
up
To prepare Red
Take
two ounces of
fine
Ink.
Brasil chips
the whites of
them through a
strain
then keep
temper
it
Take
it
that
fair
dust,
all
and
let
water.
together in
stir
only
it,
Or,
it
into a
cup
or pot that
let
from
it
with
fire
cloth,
put them
is
glazed
is
clear
and
bright,
and mix
it
about
it boil,
boiled
some
walnut, to
the
and
fire,
and
as
it
on a gentle
it
much gum
let it boil
fire
after
it
let
has
time, add
it,
set
257
after
has boiled a
it
take
little,
it
it
will
make
Yellow Ink.
flowers,
with alum
Saffron-water with a
little
yellow.
To make
Gold or Silver
Colour.
Take
per
it is
it
glass,
flint
or crystal
grind
it
to
powder
it
tem-
when
any piece
enough, glaze
To make
Take
dry,
yol.
i.
letters or
it
with writing-ink,
then
warm
Write
them
them, a body
leaves on,
mix
therewith your
when
or, rather,
silver strong
it
let it
dry
again, so as to give
when you
lay the
gold
the
THE LABORATORY.
253
the
will
it
have a good
effect.
rare Secret
to
paint or
to
write with.'
Take
the
so as to heat
fire,
warm
it
them
in a clean pipkin
in weight,
on
pour the quicksilver upon the gold leaves, and immediately stir
together with a
it
little
stick
put
it
into a dish
which
you may work with strong vinegar, or the juice of lemons,
on a flat stone, to incorporate it the more then you knead
and wash it well with fair water, and strain it through a
lamb's skin, to bring out the quicksilver then take what
remains in the skin, and put to it half as much powdered
full
of
fair
brimstone
in
fire,
stone
then
mingle
an iron
it
ladle, or crucible,
burned, and
is
let
it
all
cool, putting
it
the rest
leaving
is
into a dish,
it till
it
on the
the brim-
of a yellow colour
and washing
it
with
up in a
till
glass phial,
will
be of a fine
To
Take
little
powder
colour-stone
for a
lustre.
sprinkle a
while
little
then grind
vinegar over
it
it,
put
and
fill it,
and mix
it
upon a
let it lie
water as will
it
much
clear
then
supply
it
finger, as before
259
let it settle,'
repeat this
it
come ofF
till
after
Take
put
it
much
as
lute
it
to
as
little
gum
Or,
water.
and put
into a gallipot
it
and dissolve
vermilion
beat up
it,
with a
Take
arabic,
up
you
till
may
all
take a
little
water,
in
it
add a
little
becomes
Take
;
after
lum
vitriol, finely
it
has stood a
Letters of Secrecy.
thus prepared
any other
ounce of powdered
through a cloth
on,
gum
clear
clear.
powdered
galls
temper
it
into
it
is
is
one
it
wide
it
as
tents less
Another
;:
THE LABORATORY
260
Another
which
Take
powder
be too thin
so as not to
ter,
mix
then take a
it
with wa-
new
pen, and
with this mixture write what you please upon paper, and
let
dry
it
into a
and
then
flat
let
him,
who
to read
is
of an
in a quarter
hour the
will
appear
plainly seen
and
Or,
read.
it; he who
must hold it over the fire, and the writing
turn of a reddish or brownish colour.
Take
would read
it,
Take
pan
letters
may be
will
it,
is filled
clear
gum
over the
gum
cover
it,
it,
and
let
it
is
it
till
it
or Books.
into an earthen
two hands high
soak twenty-four
hours
it
must add,
it,
it is
to the other
a sign that
in proportion, a little
it is
if it
swells
more water.
Your
Your
261
filled
your trough with the aforemenevery thing for the work, (before
The
more
blue
is
easily
fine
with brandy.
by adding
lighter,
The
this
purpose,
is
For
in order to
itself,
For green, take the aforesaid blue and white add some
it, and temper it darker or lighter, as you would
have it.
For red, take either lake, or rose pink, or, rather,
;
yellow to
ball-iake.
Every one
of these
colours
or
ready to go to work,
add a
them
try
to
and,
ox
little
be
first
if
ground
when you
or
fish-gall
are
to
you may
by sprinkling a few drops upon your gum
you find the colour fly and spread too much
them,
water
are
spirits,
about,
it
is right.
all
things in
feather,
and
sprinkle
THE LABORATORY.
262
No.
to
places
from No.
of a serpentine
No.
you
please.
Now
and lay
it
it
slightly
in
such places
where you find the paper lies hollow this done, take hold
of one end of the paper, and draw it up at the other end
of the trough hang it up to dry on a cord when dry,
;
You may
done.
embellish
your
paper with streaks of gold, by applying muscle-shell gold
or silver, tempered with gum-water, among the rest of
it is
also
the colours.
To
silver
Take
two
"scruples of
clear glue,
made of
strips
of
of paper being
large pencil into
The
fastened at
hole in a
laid
the
can
263
powder
made of lawn, over it, and
then
the
sift
To prepare Ink,
so that
what
is
be read but in a
Take
Dark
Place.
a sweet apple, peeled
and cut; and a handful of touchwood, which in the nighttime seems to shine put these into a mortar, and beat them
together, pouring now and then a little of the goat's milk to
it
after this is well beaten, pour the rest of the milk to
then wring it through a cloth
it, and stir it well together
with this liquor, write what you please, and, if you would
read it, go into a dark cellar or chamber, and the writing
;
will
appear of a
To make
Take
it,
to
a pan
make
it
full
Red Paper.
fine
of water
into a lye,
and
let it
then
put
THE LABORATORY.
64
it
when
to half;
it
it
and
full,
fill
just hot,
is
little
To prepare
evenly, which
Burn
colour
it
tartar to
may
to
write upon
ashes, or until
it is
calcined, to a white
mix
much
then
filter it
to this
as
fine
may be
To write
so
Ground of
Take
egg so
the
may
Parchment Black.
as to
be
fit
it
upon your
dry, and
so that it may take every where
or
large soft pencil, to make it of a good
for writing
with
strike
it
it
black;
through ink,
over with a
when
it is
write
this,
draw
useful at schools.
let it
it
it.
Take
water
until
it
is
clammy, and
boil
them
in
clear,
strain
it
through
265
CHOICE
Put two
add to
it
same
stand the
When
liking
which,
after
and rub
it
wax
the
wood
it
and
fine.
Take
Take smooth-planed
aqua-fortis,
wipe
it
and
in oil until
let it
is
it
over with
it
in the shade
black
it
Or,
turns black.
to your liking.
Then
polish
it
air
it
it
then
also
dry
until the
woollen rag.
Another,
THE LABORATORY.
266
Method.
costly,
aqua-fortis
with
this
perceive
to
it
it
with
wax.
Another Method.
Take
what
sort of
wood you
alum-water, in a
warm
place
steep
or,
mul-
it
if it
in
be in the summer,
then boil
it
in oil, in
polish
it.
Iron
Or,
steeped in beer and urine, will
filings,
make
good
Or,
black.
boil
it
then put to
it
together,
stir it
and let it stand for two or three days pour it off clear,
and add to this liquor the fourth part of the prepared
with this strike your wood over twenty or thirty
Brasil
;
times running
it
Then take
in common
spring-water
letting
it
fine silver, as
aqua-fortis
with
much
add
this strike
to
as
it
you please
dissolve
set
coal black
An
Put
some
after
which, polish
it
will
261
be of a line
as before directed.
it,
of any Colour.
you can
upon
get,
it
and
Bye Wood
excellent Secret to
little
pan, to
ply
it
Then
it
is
have a
sufficient quantity.
many
gum-arabic
and put
your
in the pieces
liking, take
you
may
which
much
shade your
wood from
will penetrate so as
it is
the longeryou
stained to
it
remain
this
means
let
by
Take
wood
ashes
them soak
put
them together
for half
an hour,
and
into rain-water,
until
let
and you have a good lye. Then take a new pan, in which
put one pound of Brasil-wood pour on it the said lye,
and, after it has soaked for half an hour, let it boil
when
;
it is
cold,
pour
it off"
one
pan
boil
and
it
it
iiing
your colour
until
polish
it
is
it
over your
wood
repeat this
then
Another
;;
THE LABORATORY.
26S
Take
a
then strain
it
after
it is
until
you see
it
of
and
it
dry, strike
first
it
it is deep enougli
then polish it with a
you put a little alum to the Brasii colour, it will
until
If
turn to a brown.
Take
upon
will,
vitriol,
it
it,
may
manner, you
this
what
else
you
nitre
stand, or repeat
let it
flowers, or
it
In
pleases yon.
Take
cil,
paint the
rub
it
wood
all
after
it
is
thoroughly dry,
over
you may
lay over a
mav come
off together
then rub
it is
or marble,
as yr ou
think
proper
269
SECRETS FOR CABINET-MAKERS, ScC.
when dry, strike it over with a lye made of lime
and urine, and this will give the wood a brown-red colour:
upon this colour you may, when dry, marble again with
the whites of eggs and again, when dry, give it another
proper
after
may
strike
work,
'
once more
and of a
all
fine marbling.
Take
grind
it
this strike,
wood
when
it
dry, take a
over therewith,
will
Take
walnuts
them
dry
have occasion
wood
and mix
in the sun,
over with
To
boil
it
as
much
as
you
it.
stain
Wood of
a fine Green.
Take
of
or
with vinegar
it
for
two days
therein.
and boil
it
Or,
Take
THE LABORATORY.
270
Take
vinegar
add to
it
with
iitile
it
will
have a
the colour
is
filter
through a cloth
it
and put
it,
in the
when
dry, strike
colour
coloured
it
oil
and
pour
you have
finished
be
it
with
marbling
directed in marbling of
it
off,
will
wood;
Take
it
of
oil
tartar,
or in-
oil
to
the Brasil, to
wood
to
it
infuse
first
is
more of the
extract
will
Brasil
Or,
therein,
it
gently
it
Take
fuse
manner before
let
then add
and fresh
it:
The wood
liking.
clear
in
wood you
your
to
if
sap-green
little
rain-water to
fine
more
it
it
A lied
Take
let
and you
will settle,
this strike
tartar
Violet Colour
spirits
for Wood.
them together
in a quart
therein.
To
271
First
of
tin,
it
the
heated
by dissolving
it
stir
as to
Then make
an amalgam
same quantity of
;
upon your
undermine the edges
quicksilver,
which you
when
have
into a
it
dry, grind
it
it
and polish
it
Instead of
tin,
you
may
water.
To Emboss,
First
gild
it
all
when thoroughly
ground with linseed and nut oil add to it an equal quantity of umber, in order to dry it the better; after you
have set it for two or three days, or more according to the
;
draw
before
it
is
quite hard,
soft
THE LABORATORY.
hair, &c. you may
272
of the
soft shades
with a fine
finish
and when
you have done, let it dry thoroughly for three or four
days more then lay over it a clear varnish, which you
may, after it is dried, repeat a second time, and your
work will look beautiful.
To
After you
which
is
stone, adding to
it
it
little
then,
when
it is
fine
almost dry,
and even
sift
through
you
will,
varnish
it
may
but
it
will
You may,
if
VARIETIES OF
An
excellent
AND METALS.
Take
til
ga
ot
the
gall,
warm
Wring
glue
this juice
one
27S
now and
then a shake
then
or beat
stir
it
add
this
also to the
together with a
warm
wooden
glue
spatula,
it
;
till
nish, as
much
A good Stone
Take
two
when melted
three parts, or so
of the stone
to this
it
clear,
add
to
it
wards knead
it
flour of sulphur.
over a gentle
fire,
warm water.
and
after-
With
this
cement the stones, after they are well dried, and have
been warmed before the fire, in order to receive the
cement the better.
A
Common
Wood Glue,
melted glue,
mixed up with
linseed oil or
vol.
i,
thev
THE LABORATORY.
274
when thoroughly
Take
isinglass
in strong
brandy
and
;
common
them overnight
glue, soak
little
tine
powdered chalk
fire,
make
this will
Take
them
them a
put to
little
turpentine
vessel, dissolve
it
and when
dust,
over a slow
it is
A
Take
of lime
when
common
soak and
in strong brandy,
dissolve
fire
all is
dissolved,
glue,
add
to
and
it
pour
in a close
glass-
little
it.
good JFatcr-cement.
Stone-glue,
whefewith you
may
Glass.
Take
powder
ladle,
and
warm
stir
the
This
nets,
lias
and
and other
in
it,
it
till it is
will
in the
gild
embellishment of cabi-
things.
An
An
mend
to
275
broken China, or
Glasses.
Garlick stamped
in a stone mortar,
is
and
the finest
leave
will
set
it
Take
Or,
isinglass,
Take
glass,
is
in another place,
quick-lime, and
been boiled
mix
it
good
it
lute,
dissolve
them,
will
in water to a paste
or china, and
likewise a
when
little
fine brick-dust
to it
A Lute
Take
Florence
tity
wheat-flour,
flask,
finely
powdered Venice
glass,
or
fine brick-dust
t 2
little
scraped
THE LABORATORY.
216
scraped
lint
mix
on a linen cloth
it
like a
and with
plaister,
it
it
enclose the
it
but
let
Or,
to the fire.
at
it
very well.
will hold
Anoint
An
excellent
oil,
them
fire.
Glue or Cement
to
miv with
Stone, Glass,
to
Take
of powdered sealing-wax
brick-dust one ounce
kin, with
si*
put the
ounces
of finely ground
fire
pip-
up
as
hard as stone.
Take
pitch, as
much
as
you
first
dries quickly.
will
and,
melt
to
it,
make
and mix
it
it
harder,
it
will
be as hard as stone.
Good
AND HORN.
IVORY, BONE,
Good Glue-sticks
Take
two ounces of
on
mixed with
ingredients,
flat sticks
boil weil
it
it
little
rose water
and
you please.
off the
or in any shape
it
fire,
let it boil
away
little
Take
melt,
A
Melt
stir
some
and, with
into a mass.
grind-stones
iit
it
above
ton,
gum tragacanth
it
strain
slips,
isinglass,
an ounce" of
277
for use.
SEVERAL CURIOUS
that
is
in fair water, so
AND HORN
much
as will
make
look
it
rub
it
THE LABORATORY.
278
it
it
will
be apt
it lie,
dries gra-
till it
to split.
Another Method
Boil the
it
in this let
to
you see
till
it
To
imitate
stand a
little
while
then pour
it off,
and when
it is
let
dry,
cover those strokes again with wax, and open some other
veins with your bodkin for another metallic solution
number of
and
it.
N. B. The
a green
brown
By
silver,
colour.
on ivory,
ral
of
this
a lead-black
These
will intirely
it
a purple
of copper,
To
Take
ammoniac
two
;
grind
them
sal-
And
IVORY, BONE,
AND HORN.
279
And
thus
colours, if
To dye
Make
it
a lye of wood-ashes, of
in a
To
Take
put
In
will be.
Black Colour.
them
this
it
till it
with a stick
bone
begins to boil.
the while,
all
till
the liquor
To dye Bones of
Take
is
fire,
stirring
the
cold.
a Green Colour.
it
a pretty
for twenty-four
leaving
hours
for
pour
boil in
it
common
some time
off*
clear
may make
use
so
it
of urine,
boil
them
well,
and
you
answer the same
instead of lime-water,
which
will
purpose.
To
THE LABORATORY.
280
To dye
Put
copper-filings into
and
boil the
bones
lime-water, or urine
then take
in
which has
boil one
ashes of vine-stalks, two
ounces of tartar, and eight
ed, pour
Keep
it
out,
will
To make Horn
it
Take
and when
put into
month
be of a pleasant emerald-colour.
aqua-fortis
it
will
it
some
soft.
urine,
in this
it
days, and
ounces of
it
will
be
salt
filter it
after
it is
for a
boil-
for eight
soft.
Another.
Take
of this make a
wood-ashes and quick-lime
filter it clear, and boil the shavings or chips of
horn therein, and they will be like a paste you may colour it of any colour, and cast or form it into any thing
;
strong lye,
you
please.
To
;;
IVORY, BONE,
Take
AND HORN.
281
in Imitation of Tortoise-shell.
eight ounces
spots with
it,
fasten
it.
soever
put
it
by
to dry,
then
the colour
it
about
it
rub
and linseed
it
roughness, or what
is
it
superfluous
with
tripoli
oil.
this
pilasters, pannels, or
beautiful
and
work.
Another Met/tod
Take
to
counterfeit Tortoise-shell on
Horn.
let
sil-
solution over
in those places
black colour.
Lay
the
wax.,
of a brown or
Or,
wax
all
will,
you
let
THE LABORATORY.
282
a
stand
let it
little,
and polish
wax
wipe
solution of
of the
To
it
may
you
silver,
made of
or, instead
Horn
solder
boil
li-
quick-lime, so
till
silver,
off,
it.
Instead
long,
it
of
Take
together,
thing else
lay foils of
to
razors,
meet
or any
in-
together as firm as
if
made one
To dye Horn of
Take
two parts of
ammoniac
verdigrise,
it
will
you see
it.
a Green Colour.
it
grind
piece.
pour on strong
be tinctured of a pleasant
it,
and
let it lie
therein
till
Or,
Take
two hours
little vitriol
lay the
put
them
into a
boil the
horn
in
it,
and
it
will
be of a fine
green.
To
JAPANNING ON WOOD.
Take
stand
Colour.
upon
pour
it
283
it
horn
if you have soaked
it,
and you
let it
steep the
have a
will
for a while in
it
and
it,
alum-water, pre-
viously.
To
Take
Horn of
stain
quick-lime, slacken
Brown
Colour.
it
it
will
turn
to
it
it
with lye
let it
it
lay therein a
when
wash
dry,
it
be
will
Take
hot,
wipe
it
water upon
Colour.
it,
stir
it
together, and
you
it
red
have a blue
it lie,
A
Take
&c.
White Vanish.
pentine
THE LABORATORY.
#34
then
it
for
\r arnishing
A nother
Varnish fit
to
to japan
&c.
gilded.
t>-
Colours, and,
Work.
the
strain
it
Another
Take
tartar
one pound
let
filtrate it
up for
use.
lac Varnish.
spirit
and
it
through a paper
warmth
then pour
gum
white amber
six
ounces, (the
grind
all
pour on
it
filled
lac
two
pieces)
off,
then shake
it
your phial
about for an
hour
JAPANNING ON WOOD.
2$>5
hour together, and keep it in. the matrass for two days,
shaking it once every hour when settled, pour it through
;
a hair-cloth, and
What
for use.
it is fit
sediment remains
the phial,
in
may
be used in
to
but
it
Another
Take
lac
Famish.
mortar very
powder these
set
in the heat
it
and
after
of the sun,
when you
or, in
fire
it
warm
boil
it
sofcly for
pour
it
it
on
brown
and
colour,
A
Take gum
spirits
very close
winder-time, in a
and preserve
it
it
lac
in a stone
fine,
gum
White or clear
elemi,
gum
lac Va-rnish.
them
into a glass,
and
boil
canth,
-,
for
THE LABORATORY.
286
for three days
and
close,
Take
decant
it is
then
it
negar, as directed
and
after
ounces
them
boil
to
oil
it
the
it,
is
it
let
dissolved,
stir
them
them stand
then take
it
and you
A fine
have a
will
six
when
in-
well
together
in the
balneum
out,
it
gum
phial,
vi-
of spike, or
by
and
in
it
Or,
for use.
fit
stop
it
into a clean
fine varnish.
make them
to
is
Take
clear
it
then take
oil
oil
and
gum
and
dissolve
it
let
it
w ell
r
add
to
it
the pulverized
then
let
it
cool
and
all
preserve
will
it
be
in a
When
it
with
JAPANNING ON WOOD.
with a large hair pencil, glaze
over
which
again
table
glaze
let
it
will
and
if
you
will
is
then glaze
it,
of an exceeding fine
it
over
it
it
A Chinese
of
have
287
as quick as
it
mortar
up, and
hang
it
it,
fire, till
then
the
gum
is
dissolved,
and
filter it
How
to
imitate Tortoise-shell
so as not to be defaced
to
by Oil or
spirituous Liquors.
First
instructed above
then lay
it
You may do
varnish.
it
it
which, rub
it
it
after
cabinet-makers use.
Then
very fine
in a mortar,
and temper
it
is
it
a red
with
gum
beat
this varnish
it
if
The
longer
it
stands, the
finer
THE LABORATORY.
288
With
your
this,
table,
When
it
of varnish
it
should
but be careful
blister,
and
spoil
it
your work
tin-ashes,
the rough
e.
after
it is
dry, take
i.
lest
thoroughly
and, with
oil,
and give it
the finishing stroke with some tin-ashes and the palm of
your hand, wiping it till it has gained a fine lustre.
From
polish
make
it
further improve-
ments.
light
a spoonful, will
Having
nothing behind.
it
fine,
and put
the spirit
it
consume
this
ready
when
and leave
in flames,
gum
let
close the
glass,
it
vent
else
your
glass
be in danger of bursting.
After which,
filter it
it
through a
filtering
JAPANNING ON WOOD.
289
oil
afterwards give
and
nish,
To japan
will
it
fine,
icith
First
be
it
and
If your
for.
let
dry,
it
sift
work
or table
is
on one
place after another; for the varnish will dry in one part ber
fore
sifted
give
it
\vhich,
A
To
do
as directed.
veryfine Varnish,/ ?
you
upon
this
of wine, so
ingredients
place
it,
Violin.
in the first,
(l
glasses before
rit
it,
closed up in a
still
rectified spi-
place, to settle
in a
few days,
the top will be clear, which you are to decant off in another glass, and preserve
yox..
i.
it
from
ft
dust.
In
THE LABORATOKY.
290
dissolve of colophony,
glass,
e.
i.
common
three
resin,
aloes
and
clear at top,
is
you
filter
brown
paper.
over a gentle heat, and you will have, a fine red vaiv
little
which
nish,
If
it
will gild
set
it
you
as
it,
after
please, beat
it
put
fine,
of wine over
rectified spirit
warm
twenty-four hours in a
for
dissolve
much
of copal, as
into a glass,
be hurt by wet.
gum
to
till
A good
Beat up
it
may
becomes
a froth
then
till it
it is
when
the picture
A fine
Take
tity
you please
beat
it
to
powder
put
it
into a clean
crucible
JAPANNING ON WOOD.
crucible that
charcoal
fire
then pour
is
;
it
the beaten
together,
pencil
it
till
let
The
warm
afterwards clean
in a sand heat
it
put into
dissolve gently
them through
colour, yet
Take
again to powder.
amber
strain
291
let it
and beat
cool,
within
glazed
when
laid on,
colours wherewith
it
a cloth,
you are
with
oil
and white
ground
lead,
of almonds.
oil
For a white lay your first ground with linseed oil, and
there are any holes in the wood, fill them up with chalk
;
if
tempered with
size.
when
the ground
is
it firsjt
dry,
with
mix the
it
lit-
tle
cups
sil-
Take
gum
of clear
THE LABORATORY.
'292
much
as possible
then
let
it
cool
strain
it
glass, so as to
you may
lay
When
full
it,
set the
it
is
fire, in
also requisite to
order to
warm
make
the work,
it.
OF CORAL WORK.
To make Red Coral Branches, for
Embillishment of
the
Grottos.
it
if
it
fire
will
make
it
ail
over
with your
smooth and
polished.
In
CORAL WORK.
In the
pare white
gentleman may,
glass cinders,
of large
293
flant,
coral.
at little
which may
and embellish
it
pieces of looking-glass,
oyster, muscle,
ore,
&c.
As
and
snail
to
the
how
it
under the
article
lead, pre-
shells,
cement
to
to prepare
of cements.
PART
THE LABORATORY.
204
PART
VII.
THE ART OF
';
&C.
OF BLUE COLOURS.
To make, or prepare, Ultramarine.
TAKE
twice over
lire,
and quench
then grind
pable powder.
new wax,
and calcine
lapis lazuli,
charcoal
When
it
"on a fine
on a
Repeat this
hard stone to an impalit
in a crucible
in vinegar.
oil,
six
ounces
let
them
gentle fire
it
unite
dust,
for
use.
When
COLOUR-MAKING.
The mass you are to dissolve before
lazuli.
by degrees
in a pipkin,
and
whilst
in,
little,
it
is
and
powder
fling the
dissolving
after
vent
it
into
into
into a
it
it
by
your powder
tents or drops
little
295
a gentle heat,
little
is all
but to pre-
its
linseed oil
these tents
fresh cold
other day.
Then
them
into
this
you are
which
solve,
When
will
the water
is
when
on,
that also
warm
is
repeating this
coloured, decant
until
the
it
water
receives
no
more
tincture.
settle,
surface
mixing
it through a fine
bowl; the sieve will attract some
of the slimy or greasy matter that might otherwise remain
so, after you have washed your sieve, and retherein
it
let
it
settle
Thus you
will
let
it
dry of
itself.
Another
THE LABORATORY.
296
Another Methods
Calcine
made of wax,
paste
and
lastly,
parate the
to
pitates
Mix up
ihe
then grind
it
powder with
and
oil
wash the paste well in clear water, to secolouring part from the rest, which precithe bottom in the form of a subtile, beau-
blue powder.
tiful,
To know whether
made
it
Troublesome.
on a porphyry.
very fine
less
put a
red hot,
if
of
iittle
the
be pure,
it
it
if
in a small crucible,
powder keeps
its
it is
undoubtedly
either spurious,
is
it
colour,
if
or adul-
terated.
Grind
Ultra-
to
tramarine.
To prepare
Hammer
a
a curious
silver
thin
sharpest
distilled
vinegar, in
some sal-ammoniac,
so
it,
close,
as
and put
vine gar
nc.ii
littie
over
may
into,
it
into a
raise
warm
on the
cover
it
is
very
fumes of the
it
of the
silver a
it
little
then put a
a glass
peat
it
;
Silver.
hang
;
re-
corroded.
Another
COLOUR-MAKING,
237
Another Method.
Take
and
of the purest
and dissolve
in
it
them
stand in a
them with
the open
as
air,
greenish hue
much
cicar
until
to
fine
it,
them together
set
in
is
raised
After
this,
grind
left at
is
fresh
ail
ammoniac
head
a large
warm
then grind
it
as before
to
be used
in the
It is
it.
most curious
paintings.
Method.
Take
dissolve
sible
it
when
remain
it
at the
is
much
dissolved, evaporate,
bottom
as
pour over
it
ment
at the
then pour
bottom
oft
for a
wiil
and the
and
as pos-
little
silver will
some sal-ammoniac
you
in quantity as
let
it
settle
and
vent the least evaporation, and you will find a very curious
blue colour.
To prepare
Take
and stop
it
six
ounces
close
let it
put
Another
THE LABORATORY
293
Another Method.
Take
them both
lead
them
into a glass,
and close
it
it
Take
quicksilver
moniac four
them with
parts
and you
off
as
be ready.
Or,
water, put
it
will
put
two parts, sulphur three parts, sal-ammix and beat all well together temper
oven
in a baker's
isbak
well
them
fire,
and
let
it
Take
sloes, before
which put
paste,
they are
full ripe,
in a clean earthen
it
pan
take another
of sal-ammoniac
let
mav
shade
times
it
it;
COLOUR-MAKING.
casion to use
it,
fair
little
A Blue of
Take
egg-shells, calcine
Egg-shells.
them
them
in a crucible, beat
To make Venetian
Take
Sky-blue.
make
it
when
hard, pour
soft
let
to
it is
it,
set
under horse-dung,
after
to
to
two ounces
set
come
it
with
it
stand for
more vinegar
it
it
of a fine colour
and
it
if not,
will
then
perfection.
Prussian Blue.
Take
as blood,
by heating them
together with an
coal in water
equal weight of
then strain
of strong concentration.
it,
the raspings^
alkali.
Lixiviate
and evaporate
This lixivium
is
this
to a degree
then to be gra-
will
by
a
be formed, which
treating
much
it
is
Manufacturers proceed on
larger scale.
OF
THE LABORATORY.
300
beautiful
gam-lacca or
to
laqiic,
all
now
treat.
in half a pint
Make
in a considerable quantity
Add
of water
quantities of fair
precipi ate
from the
powder
for use.
salts,
of
a solution
the for*
in
warm
them gently
arise;
in -several
filter it
through
Or,
three pounds of
common
salt in
filter
warm
solution of five
add to
this
water.
Nov/,
dissolve,
of
COLOUR-MAKING.
301
it is
filtered,
and
but
oil,
not so transparent in
is
oil
as without the
seed-lac.
The
may be
also
wood
made by addpound
ot
the
pearl-ash.
beautiful
work
lake
readily with
oils,
may
art.
To
Take
Lake from
Scarlet Wool.
much
therein as
iiltrate it
extract
pot-ash as will
through a
felt,
make
it
or flannel bag, to
make
very-
it
clear
curdle
it,
When
water over
still
it,
remain in
chalk
is
in this
manner
in order to clear
it
take a
flat
it
little
drops, or tents,
upon
for use.
You
THE LABORATORY.
302
You must
you must
fall
warm
recruit with
water.
If you can get the parings of scarlet cloth,
much
yourself
trouble,
and proceeding
as
Carmine.
To make
Take
phur
two
fine Vermilion.
when
cold, grind
glass,
it
a cover of
glass,
and one-third of
parts of quicksilver,
sul-
and
tin,
lute
set this
with a
it
all
make
then
on a
into a
over a slow
trivet,
fire
put
little
round
laid
it
stir it
about
them with
clear
pump
water,
How
COLOUR-MAKING.
How
The
purify Vermilion.
to
vermilion being
which
impurities
sulphur, the
it
30^
this is
in the following
done
man-
may swim
milion
it
is
let it
cessively,
over
it
settled,
stand
till
all
let it
night
is
well cleansed
mix
it
up therewith, and
it
the ver-
the vermilion
when
when
pour
it
it
off,
stir it
well
stand again
;
repeat this
falling into
Grind vermilion
wine, and set
If
free
little
it
it
with gum-water.
Or,
of
To make
Melt
of
warm
one pound of
quicksilver to
after
stir
gentle
fire,
augmenting
it
by degrees, so
as to
keep
it
in
one
THE LABORATORY.
304
fire
let it cool,
stir
to
and you
will
have a
it
off
Prepare
&c.
a slow
fire,
till
is
quite extract-
which you may know when the leaves turn pale, and
the lye is of a fine colour.
This lye put afterwards into,
a glazed pipkin or pan, and boil it a little, putting in some
alum then pour the lees off into a pan with clean water,
and you will see the colour precipitate to the bottom let
it settle well
then pour that water off, and add fresh
repeat this till the powder is entirely cleansed from the lye
and alum and the freer it is therefrom, the finer will be
your colour. The sediment is a line lake, which spread
upon linen cloth, on clean tiles in the shade, to dry.
You may dry your colours upon a plate of plaster of
Paris, or, for want of that, on a piece of chalk
either of
them will do to dry the colours quicker than the method
ed,
above.
To
leaves, herbs,
already
themselves,
leaves
add,
inserted,
preserve the
colour.
and plants, by
first
that
distillation,
it
droppings that
as they
Care must
will
fail
be
in
adviseable
to
the receiver, by
of the flowers,
else
the
distil
alone:
COLOUR-MAKING.
and make it
305
of an unpleasant
hue.
that care.
Kuhkel's Method of
Flowers,
Take
highly rectified
a herb, or flower
and,
spirits
if
from
S(c.
over
it
and coarse, cut them small, but leave the leaves of flowers
whole as soon as the spirits are tinctured, and both co:
each apart by
differ,
set
spirits
of wine from
it
them together
after
itself;
to a very
it
little,
but if they
which,
the
distil
so as to take
it
off
slow
fire
till
quite dry
it
this
it evaporate over a
comes to some thickness, or, if you will,
must be done very slowly, on account of
Some
flowers will
to
most
sub*-
in distilling
them.
There
is
never so
much
trouble
with any other coloured flowers as the blue ones, and yet
is
the satisfaction.
:
produce.
* This direction
is
far
from clear
it
vol.
I.
them
is
Ed.
OF
THE LABORATORY.
306
OF YELLOW COLOURS.
True Naples' Yellow.
hours.
Thus
the artists
will a beautiful
Masticot, or Massicot.
Take
and expose
low, which
it
to a degree of heat
may
put
it
into a crucible,
it
yel-
Orange Colour.
in square bits, or
is
round lozenges.
OF GREEN COLOURS.
Ho-j) to
Take
make good
of sharp vinegar as
salt
Verdigrise.
much
as
you
will,
of clean
COLOUR-MAKING.
307
twelve ounces
der,
Jute
it
with clay
then bury
Take
it
or twenty
pour off the
for eighteen
out again
it
Another.
Take
sharp vinegar
quantity
it
good
a pretty large
filings,
may
not touch
warm
or into a
hang
to the
a knife, and
copper
warm
consumed
and you
filings
it,
place,
will
find
then take
it
the verdigrise
the vinegar
as
after
put
it
till
it
which, close
the copper
is all
pan, which, after you have gently poured off the vinegar
from
it,
for use.
Take
will
of the
repeat
have
set
it
in the
fine verdigrise
kettle, or
it
make
Verdigrise.
sharp vinegar
you
to
bowl, you
as often as
it
good
after
it
vinegar,
out
and
x 2
THE LAE0RAT0RT.
303
To make
it
in
thoroughly
ingredients are
black colour
rnoist,
coming
to
it
put
it
it
for a fortnight, of
three weeks, in hot horse dung, and you will have a good
verdigrise.
If
bladder, in the
Take
vinegar
as to
make
vessel
it
close
salt
it
it
up
in a
of a consistence
it
hang
dry,
iri
it
Or,
then put
in a
it
damp
it
into a copper
place
and
after
Or,
Take an
it
an equal quantity
mixture
all
mix them
together,
then take
salt,
made with
;
Take
it
them
into a strong
::
COLOUR-MAKII\ G.
T
up with a
warm
little
honey, into
it
set
it
30S>
in the sun, or in a
will
be-
proceed as before,
till
flow
About
to
myke Sap-green.
a fortnight or three
many
sloes as
little
indigo.
Take
of blue
lilies
them
ful,
more
is
which
is
of
two or
been
dis-
solved
THE LABORATORY.
alum and gum arabic, and work
310
solved a
little
put
into muscle-shells,
it
then strain
and
set
them
it
well
through a cloth
it
in the
sun to dry.
Or,
After you have proceeded as before, fling some pow-
it,
it
through the
other,
in order to
To prepare a
Temper
grind
you
it
fine,
will
fine
Green Colour.
it
a little of
A
To
good
ox or
You mav
it
arsenic,
water
two
five
and
with
it
vitriol dissolved
fish-gall,
shade
in a sufficient
pound of
purified
solutions,
readily with
is
oils,
to
and
be washed,
is
artd
dried.
much cheaper
It
mixes
green colour.
OF
;:
'
COLOUR-MAKING.
311
OF WHITE COLOURS,
To make
Take some
it
six or eight
inches long
a string
and cover
in another vessel,
and
fire,
Lead*.
two
fine White
let it
it
be boiling hot
warm
set
it
then take
place
it
off,
and put
it
take out the plates, and they will be covered with a white
hang the
plates
up again
wooden
in the
vessel,
then
and pro-
it
up
in clean
Another Method
pans to dry.
to
close,
and
lute
place, for a
it
to
month
or five
weeks
air,
;
and put
it
in a
warm
and scrape off the white lead this you may repeat every
and you will have good white
:
''
The
strongly
preparing of white
recommend
it
lead'xs so
we
to the reader to
Ed.
Another
THE LABOP.ATORY.
iI2
Let
size,
left
some good
Support the
vinegar.
let
rolls
fit
of
vine-
The
tions.
pots are
its
now
to
When this ceruse is duly ground and washbecomes the ordinary white lead of the shops. It
by some, called fiake white, from its falling off the
called ceruse.
ed,
is,
it
scales.
Nottingham White.
This
said to be prepared at
is
Not-
this
that
only difference
owing
but
to the
it is
sour
Whether
ale,
in
it is
ale,
called alegar,
is
not determined,
is
usually pre-
of any hops.
By
absolute experiment,
white keeps
its
it
lead.
Take
and
quick-lime, and
grind these
it is fit
Cclour.
to paint with.
A good
COLOUR-MAKING.
A good
Take
der
crown
White Colour.
and beat
glass,
21S
it
to
an impalpable pow-
upon a charcoal
and put
it
red hot
all
and
fire,
over
when
cool
let it
it
fire,
lute
make
so as to
is
close,
it
the crucible
it
off the
or gum-water
oil
it
it
a good white
will give
colour.
Take
four ounces of
then dilute
it
it
in eight
little salt
fine
pour
water to
it,
bottom, in a snow-
der well with clean water from the sharpness of the aquafortis
then dry
you use
it,
and keep
it,
dilute
it
carefully
it
from dust
This
is
termed, by
although
artists,
it is
Spanish white.
fine
to
refine
full
from
gar,
it,
and
is
White Lead.
when
How
Take
It is
the magis-
let it
it
it
and grind
and wash
it
it
settle
again
and
THE LABORATORY.
314
and you
How
Soak
vinegar
to
fit
them on
beat
them
into a fine
dry
them
a stone.
Pour
in the
a small quantity
of strong nitrous
5fc.
upon
acid
down
ing
a beautiful white
begins
anew
to dissolve
be
vitriol
may you
more of
proceed,
made.
it
If a
throws
it
with efTervescence.
known by
is
added,
powder and the acid of nitre beupon the remainder of the litharge,
by
now
vitriol is to
till all
the litharge
is
When
it is,
the discontinu-
is
be added,
formed.
Thus
converted, by the
made
to convert
powder of great
tc/iitt
value.
OF
COLOUR-MAKING.
315
in order
make
to
and of a
it finer,
better Colour.
Take
hot
then
done smoking,
How
make
to
in the fire
it
fling
it,
it
till
is
and when
red
it is
enough.
it is
is
ordinarily sold in
Colour Shops.
Have
lamp with
of
tin or
iron
a large
fix
the
smoke which
temper
with
it
oil
To make
Take
it
from
made
sweep off
When you use
settles to
dust.
it,
or gum-water.
a Black of Trotter-bones.
many
as
trotter-bones as
To make
Take
may
a
lute
have
linseed oil
at the
;
it
cover
you
comb-makers mix them up with
put them into a pan, or crucible, and
easily
little
Lvory-black.
set
it
middle of the
let
it
stand
it
off,
and
till
set
you per-
it
in sand,
putting
THE LABORATORY.
516
have the
will
Another Method
Fill
lute
to
it
when
cold, you,
can be prepared.
well,
it
spirit,
o;!,
black colour
it
longer in the
fire,
it
will
turn white.
A
Fill
it
well
a coal
Cherry'stone Black:
them dry
first
afterwards beat
them
to
oil
or water colours.
Take
dryed black horse beans, and burn them to a powmix them up with gum-arabic water, and bring them
a mass press it in a mould made for that purpose, and
der
to
Or
Take one ounce of lamp-black, two ounces of indigo,
half an ounce of fish black
grind them with half water
let it dry.
The
by burning
To make a
Take
it
fine
little
in a clean pun,
on a coal
tire.
Ink-powder,
write or
draw
to
stones, vitriol,
with.
plumb or cherry-
burn
them
COLOUR-MAKING.
317
them together
in a crucible
si
you want
to use
it,
dilute
it
with
fair
water.
in the open Air, where LeafGold cannot be managed, on account of the Wind.
Take
thin pewter
size,
gild
keep
off"
stronger, in order
leaves, or tinfoil,
and
them
is
make
the
gilt
leaves stick
on the
better.
How to prepare
the Size
Take
leather
boil
quarts
let
You may
pan.
taking a
to
this
of
it.
How
to
little
size a
make
to
a paint
The wood
must be
first
and whiten
when
dry, rub
it
THE LABORATORY.
313
it
then with a
which
after
times
rag,
lay
when
till it
Dutch
rushes, to
it
it is
looks polished
it
is
How
it
with a tooth.
to
or Letters.
Take
them
any
metal
other
sift
them through a
put
wash them
and, when you have
and
fine sieve,
;
poured that
smooth
or copper
coals,
stirring
sort of
continually
it
is
lay
about with an
of colours,
upon
iron spatula
it
live
it
as
changes
suffers
the
each metal
different.
Then
use, or those
plate
the
fit
filings
it
employed
in flatting
of gold,
silver or
copper-
may
be conveyed to the
flatting rolls,
(which
made
of
Colour-making.
319
finest
The
steel,
filings
copper,
line
shades of blue
red
lire-colour
iron
and
the
various
steel,
a white colour.
How
Take
put
to
bronze
and steep
isinglass,
well closed, in a
it,
add to
it
saffron,
little
warm
and mix
Take
ounces
spot a
it
and
it
will dissolve
you do
little
your image,
this,
it,
wash
it
red-lead.
them
tine,
but, before
To
in
it
place,
and you
will
have a
fat
substance
swim
put the
it;
then
at top,
with which anoint the horse in such places as you design to have black, and it will turn of that colour immediately.
It
difference, that
is
red into a
you are
to
of boiling
swims
tion
it
at top,
what
is fit
hairs
for use,
it
and
will
it
be
Hqu.
THE LABORATORY*.
320
How to
Take,
in
dapple a Horse.
oak-trees;
give
to eat,
it
and
lie will
be
young-elm
trees will
effect.
PART
CHOICE CURIOSITIES.
PART
321
VIII.
SEVERAL
CHOICE CURIOSITIES.
particular
Method
to
riety of Fish.
TAKE, about
water
side,
clean
away
and
;
is
then
or fish-pond that
full
of
fibres
tie it to a spike,
is
they
river
lest
disengage
-vol.
I.
from the
root.
Te
THE LABORATORY.
322
To
Put
make
it
portable
tri-
the
let
make
flat,
sided figure
face, or three-
them be
shut up.
As soon
as the
let
your apartment
it
will
ap-
colours".
you
different
glass,
from what
and
if
vou
will
change quite
glasses
lours.
Arbor Diana-, or
Take
one ounce of
three ounces
and
silver,
of acid of nitre
dissolve,
it
in
two of
a:,
two ounces of
and
place it in some convenient place where no body can meddle with it, for forty days together, in which time you
quicksilver.
will see a
filled
its
up
to the neck,
branches, resembling
vegetable ramifications.
Another Method.
Dissolve an ounce of
fine silver
in three
ounces of
evaporate about
half
CHOICE CURIOSITIES.
half that moisture in
it
three ounces of
and
it
stir It
may
about
rest
for a
warm
good
323
distilled
vinegar; heat
it
add
to
little,
growing
Make
of
filings
shorter.
or,
what
is still
better,
of
silver leaf,
and
amalgam
dissolve this
in
serve
tion
it
in a bottle
to
is
it
when
prepara-
this
in a phial, together
which ought
silver,
main
at rest
to
be as
soft as butter
let this
will
re-
be seen
Another Method,
Dissolve
six
drachms of
the
less fallible.
silver
in
and then
let
six
at rest, as before,
let
both
mixan
drachms of amalgam made up
and
acid,
Set
in nitrous
to this
and pour
it
into
and the
effects will
leaf.
be beautiful.
To
THE LABORATORY.
324
To preserve
This
done in highly rectified spirit of wine camwherein many sorts of animals, birds, fishes,
Porta rereptiles, &c. may be kept many years.
is
phorated
insects,
that he
lates,
had seen a
Rome
fish at
if alive
like-
wise
Florence he
at
Take
sea-salt,
as
crucible,
covered,
much
is is
dissolved, filter
for
for fresh,
distil it
a salt
it
as
it
you
off,
please, put
put
it
in a
damp
Then
fine.
let
it
into a
it
and when
fire,
it
place
till
it
is
digest in horse-
order to keep
it
continually
Then
warm.
oil will
distil
this gently in
is
oil,
will
* This will be found to be no more than a pure and highly concentrated brine, with no greater virtues. The same may be made,
by mixing pure
Ed.
distempers
;;
CHOICE CURIOSITIES.
distempers
is
good
dice
for
325
wormwood
sorts
all
of agues
for
worms,
is
stoppage of urine.
It
sorts
is
remedy
a fine
is
good
taken in brandy
it is
water,
good
for
all
heals
it
the gout.
But
if this
preservative
may
corruption, you
is
you may do
in the following
many
manner
years
which
will bear
it is
clear
and
and
this
make
a lye
an egg.
when the
when
Or,
place, and
salt is
it is
it
distilling
it,
it
into a
damp
through a paper
fine.
from corruption, by
decrepitated, put
dissolved, filter
till
to preserve things
and pouring
it
over the
thing to be preserved.
A
Take
verdigrisc three
washed and
them then
;
slow
fire,
spirit,
It
Regeneration of Coral.
clear sand
distil
them
in
but augmenting
it
a retort on sand,
by degrees
it
first
will
with a
produce a
coral, or harts-
it
will
be a
delightful sight.
To
THE LABORATORY.
32S
To make Phosphorus.
much water
some
pour
it
now upon
it
is
a sign that
on the linen
hours, and
filtre
will
it
make
as will
let
the mix-p
become
thick
till it
no acid of phosphorus
which
in the residue
is left
cloth.
ter sinks,
washing carefully
till it
till
quor
lastly,
evaporate
all
one third of
its
Mix
li-
the con-
this thick
mat-
gradually applied
rendered white
and
is
distilled,
ad the degree
able to bear.
Six
pounds of
of pure phosphorus.
Another Method
Take
a
of urine as
tub or kettle,
month
and
to
much
let it
together to putrify
prepare Phosphorus.
as
you please
stand
for three
put
it
into
weeks or a
till
the
CHOICE CURIOSITIES.
remainder becomes a black and tough
this
of tartar
oil
S2l
Of
matter.
or the stinking
foetid,
oil
for
a strong
and
receiver,
and,
you
of a reverberatory furnace
fire
then some
salt,
in the receiver
first
is
fit
to
of
first
iirst,
into a matrass
will
find,
first,
liquor that
;
at the
is
let
the
then take
bottom,
all
the
warm, form
whilst
them
a gentle,,
oil,
a large
it
all
lastly,
give
into
sticks,
little
which,
and preserve in a
Take
a considerable quantity of
gest
it
this
liquor,
human
urine,
di-
syrup
put
and
for a
its
may
in-
then lute
graduated
\
olatile
this
fire,
and
all
that
is
or six hours
there
THE LABORATORY.
328
there will
which
fall
bottom of the
to the
is
more ponderous
substance
Preserve
it
receiver,
as the former.
as
temper
as
it
you
with
will
gum
beat
is
fine
it
you
set
will,
and
let it
dry
then lay
it
it
upon a charcoal
little
while
it
dles
will
that
To prepare
Boom, or
or
fire,
so
will shine,
Closet, in such a
what
Manner
done,
is
that
any
one,
Take
a bowl
it
on a slow coal
fire,
in
it
enough
some camphor,
to receive heat
gently up
to boil
it
cut in
little
bits,
as
if
on
wil
fu
i^
candle
fire.
is
If
brought
in,
some pcr-
a fine scent.
* Land Emerald
is
Ed.
To
CHOICE CURIOSITIES.
To prepare
a luminous Stone.
from
nitre
the
tort
it
and
air,
and
fling
put
again
it
distil
air,
let it dissolve
all
and
let
it
it
till
it is
dry
when
set
again
it
and
what remains put under a
Then hold
it
it
into a cup.
the acid
it
then put
bubble
to
distil
then put
dissolve
a muffel to harden.
and
into a retort,
what remains
in the
it
the solution
filter
of
till
it,
32^
will
it
emit
around
it.
The
space
is
thii
so that
;e
the apparatus
made
any
red-hot
oily or
which,
when
the
fire
fuliginous
the matrass
vapours exhale
this
is
may
made
degree of heat
be
ied,
expelled.
that
After
red-hot, sulphureous
is
to be continued
till
a truly
THE LABORATORY.
330
the
an hour
then to be extinguished, and the matrass percool, without taking it out of the earthen vessel,
fire is
mitted to
or crucible
and when
ceases to be red-hot,
it
may be
it
perfectly cold
is
it
the powder
if this
pyrophorus be intended
Take
make
plate,
and
set
on the
it
and
it is
a candle
it
up with acid of
done
;
after
Hon-
it
to
it
it
dry,
nitre
take
in a
it
do
this
it
out, let
of
into the
cold, hold
it is
then, shewing
This
fire
when
not glared,
together
stirred
and mix
is
of paste of acid
a sort
it
it
will
cool,
while against
will
be sur-
gives.
two
nitre,
use
CHOICE CURIOSITIES.
use of a copper spoon, or cup, you
when fired
find a hole at
bottom
like lightning,
To prepare
Take
tities
at top,
331
after the report,
will
it
burn away
and
fine,
will,
sift
them through
der into a
new
crucible
cover
lute
beat
close
put
it
them
pow-
into a
them
dry.
Then
when
them
in the sun to
and you
powder
you may form
and, when you have occasion to
into less proportions
light a candle, or fire, wet part of it with a little water,
or your own spittle, and it will instantly flame when you
have lighted your fire, you may blow it out again, as you
do a candle.
it
out,
this
Have
a glass
made
in the
the earth
shape of an egg
common
rectified
and
oil
fill
a fourth
antimony, to represent
;
of Benjamin, in colour
a foot adapted to
it.
An
THE LABORATORY.
332
An
Take
elementary World
in a Phial.
gravel she
this,
the bottom
to a middling
it
tartar,
or sand ashes, which you must fast moisten, and what dissolves pour the clearest off into the phial, and tincture
with a
air,
ultramarine, to give
Little
use
of wine,
spirits
oil,
or
tinctured with a
;
little
it
for the
turnsole,
of turpentine.
oil
it
if vou shake them togeyou m.\x indeed observe a little while a chaos of
confusion and disorder, but as soon as you set the phial
down, each ingredient takes its respective place in the same
both
in
for,
ther,
order as before.
To ornament
Place
Room
luge picture against a wainscot, in a summerroom where the wind may be con-
veyed
to the
bore
little
holes,
little
holes through
vviil
woman
at
man
grinding of knives, a
To
CHOICE CURIOSITIES.
To make
Take
$33
lamp with
spirits
thread
and cleansed, a
needle
after
glass,
is
lamp,
it
is
quite
it
it
till
silver
then hold
till it is
afterwards put
washed
for
and smooth
well
filled
rough
it is
on the point of a
quantity
little
must be almost
piace
it
in a frame,
How
Take
to
fresh roses,
whilst the
dew
is
in a stone mortar
pan or bowl
let
(it
penetrates,
and
wiii cause
little salt
of
them in
put
cucurbit of the
first
in the following
distilled
or
and
thus repeating
manner
fifth
them, as before
rectified water,
them
Pour the
a sand-bath.
distil
You
may mix up
put
all
it,
spirit,
you
will
draw a
to be separated
THE LABORATORY.
334
tilled into
and
lute a receiver to
along with
it
its
add a head
to
it,
it
it,
must be
distilled
spirit
is
fire
dif-
opened,
Save
its
virtue
is
Pour
admirable.
ter
earthy substance.
In this
manner
ciples, spirit,
oil,
and
salt
parts,
dis-
solve
CHOICE CURIOSITIES.
solve
333
it
as before,
distillation,
and you
may make
it
as fine as
you
will*/
Another Method
to
Vegetables.
Take
will
own
its
which
in
therewith a glass
fill
let it
night, after
trass out
them before
chop them fine, and
gather
sand-bath
some
month
which pour
in
what
burn
it
and evaporate
to
to
dryness.
How
to
extract Oil
from Herbs,
Floivers or Seeds.
This process
is
may
be shortened by
the methods mentioned in the several parts cf the work:, see the
Ed.
purification of foi-as/i, Sfr. in the article " Glass."
curious
THE LABORATORY.
!36
A curious Secret
Herbs,
to distil
Water will
that the
so
Take
infuse
you design
them
and day
for a night
fire
it
about
fling
distil,
it
you
pour
more
When
it
upon
in
it
a sand-
distil
off the
through the
fresh leaves
and
close,
it
and
then take
it
to
in rain-water
you have
distilled it
all
it
salt
from
it
manner above
in the
directed
let it dissolve in
the
white-wine vinegar
to
it
powder
mix
stantly begin to
Soak
it
then bake
it
rn
grow
it
in the
sun
when
davs
of
knife,
this
take as
much
as will lie
it
to vinegar.
it
good vinegar,
it
to a fine
pow-
on the point of a
while, turn
in
dry, soak
it
bake
Or,
sour.
Or,
a
it
will,
in a little
Or,
CHOICE CURIOSITIES.
them
let it
337
in the
Or,
use.
Take
iron, or steel,
vinegar, and
Salt,
it
will
and quench
become very
it
five or six
sharp.
times in
Or,
PART
IX.
SEVERAL
Artificial
"ARBLE
Marble.
THE LABORATORY.
33S
There
is
receives so good
which
a polish as to
covy
made
lenite,
talc.
Stained Marble.
There
is
an
also
artificial
dexterity,
its
chosen for
this
if
be produced.
will not
some
manual
to
is
be
Heat is then
open the pores of the marble in this lies
the chief difficulty of the art. If the marble be made redgiven, so as to leave neither spot nor vein.
to be applied to
it is
injured
will
not strike
good general
as to
make drops
men-
red-hot.
common
some,
lye
spirits
others,
oily
of wood-ashes
of wine
liquors,
is
is
necessary; and,
and
common
lastly, for-
white-wine
for
many-
are
re-
quired.
The
are these
spirit
lour
menstruums
which
is
common
lye of
wood
STAINING OF MARBLE.
An
339
and painter's sapgreen, both succeed well when dissolved in urine and
quick-lime and tolerably well when dissolved in spirit of
wood-ashes.
extract
of saffron,
wine.
succeeds in
spirit
same spirit.
menstruum
in the
the only
tine
be used for
to
Dragon's blood
above liquors.
is spirit
of turpen-
There
it.
is
for a brown.
manner
A fine
digrise, finely
is
A
A
gold-colour
good method of
rapid manner,
is
to put
some
it,
spirit
over a charcoal
menstruum
fire,
such colour-
then, dipping a
upon the
oven, and
White
white,
it
veins
ground -work; by
for the
z 2
gene-
may be
removed,
THE LABORATORY.
340
removed,
baking
after the
and
will be clear,
performed
is
may
Every degree of
red
of
tincture,
flesh-colour
as
before,
heat being
gives a
now
will
to
applied
a stronger
stronger shade
of
in
little
pitch to
tendency
it
How
it,
is
mixed.
Marble
Take
spirit
remain
powder
it is
and
bear polishing.
ounce,
to
at
let
sal-ammoniac one
make
it
an amalgam
into
brown
of a yellow colour
spirit
spirit again,
of wine, and
when
dissolved,
evaporate the
let
the aqua-fortis
evaporate until you have a sky colour, which take off and
preserve in a clean phial, keeping the rest in a
the remains
will
warm
will,
by more evaporating,
STAINING OF MARELL.
341
ble,
stone,
will
To
imitate Marble.
lull
lustre.
Take
f
beat to
pow-
consistence of a paste,
with
der, and
mixed up
to the
all
pillars,
dry
then rub
giving
and
it
it
stand until
it is
Or,
oil.
With
let it
it
into tables,
it
it
thoroughly
with
tripoli,
finely
and
size
of
when
First
with white
then marble
it
it
table, then,
will
disperse
it
shelving,
the colour
in a variety of veins
manner
THE LABORATORY.
342
To
Take
it
counterfeit. Agate.
pentine
is
let it
may form
shade
much
of clarified turpentine as
in
and
and
imitate,
as thick as a
dough
little
oil,
then pour
into
till it is
you
as
sweet
please,
boil
the tur^
on a mould,
it
\
will
till
after this
and
you
set it in the
Others take the whites of eighteen eggs, beat well together then they add to it three ounces of clear gum;
arabic,
fine
der in the
when
air afterwards,
you
will
set
it
it
and
in the shade
it
will
To
Take
roll it
up
quick-lime
in balls
When
balls,
it,
:
iynitate Jasper.
mix
it
(this will
lake or vermilion
for blue,
:)
for red,
add indigo
flat
;
lay
them with
them one
STAINING OF MARBLE.
then, with a trowel, spread
when
upon
it,
set
in a
it
and, spreading
it
3i3
over a tabic,
it
over,
all
&c
pilasters,
soak
will
it
in
then
You may,
if
you
occasion to
oil it
Ilow
to
will,
oil at first,
afterwards.
it
it
with clean
linen rags.
To
Alabaster-Images of
stain
all Sorts
of Colours.
put
urine will
it
into
distil
it
the
When
rest.
This
it
without
ceive that
close.
an alembic
from
and the
lire
spirit
but,
under
a slow7 fire
crimson
per-
to distil
a fine yellow
a green
it,
done, put
spirit extracts
fine
of wine and
when you
out of Orleans
out of cochineal a
;
out of verdigrise
To
THE LABORATORY.
344-
to
all
some
put, in each,
well together
stir it
fire, in
spots
upon
of larger and
it,
less sizes
phur
sifted ashes,
and mix
it
up with melted
white lead
if black,
Your sulphur
for the
if
sul-
white, with
or ivory black.
may unite and incorporate towhen you have poured your ground even all over,
then,
if
beautiful.
To
Take
gum-tragacanth
the glass
all
it
grind
is
them
in a solution
of
red, or if that
mix
when
some umber,
or soot to
it
to the consistence of a
paste,
STAINING OF MARBLE.
345
paste,
and lay
as thick as
IIoni to
Take
sift
pebbles;
them through
make Fret-work
pound them
fine
Ceilings.
an iron mortar;
in
mix
it all
please,
or lay to
it
MOSAIC-WORK
IIoio to
perform
it skilfully.
stone,
is
then-
THE LABORATORY.
3*6
and shapes, as
large as those
and
fit
The
who
antients,
exactness, have
left
Those remaining
England.
temple of Bacchus,
much
skill
and
now
at
-Sec.
Rome
that of St.
Agnes
and other
places.
St.
per-
Peter's
and the palace of Borghese at Rome, St. Mark's at Veand the church of St. Felicia at Florence, will confess they have seen wonders.
Such figures are composed, joined and cemented togenice,
stones
made up by
which
is
The
done
in the following
glass materials
art,
been
in glass
manner
and being
in fusion,
taken out the quantity you think proper with an iron ladle,
put
it
on a smooth marble,
per thickness
then cut
it
flatting it
them, when cold, in a box for use add more colour, and
proceed as before, repeating it till you come to the deepest
shade.
If you would gild them, wet them on one side
with gum-water, and lay leaf gold upon them and in an
:
iron
STAINING OF MARBLE.
347
mouth of
a furnace
them
and when cold, the gold will be so fixed and firm that
nothing can hurt it.
When you begin to work, lay a thick ground against the
ceiling or wall, with plaster, and having your design ready
4rawn and painted on blue or brown paper, clap part of
Jtake
Rome.
PART
THE LABORATORY.
548
PART
X.
PAINTING IN WATER-COLOURS;
INTRODUCTION TO THE ART OF DRAWING IN
PERSPECTIVE.
Of
Art
{Sap Green
{White Lead
Flake White
Verdigrise
Terra Vert
Muscle-shell silver
Yellow Ochre
flndigo
Smalt
Masticot
Dutch Pink
Blue
<J
Yellow <
Ultramarine
Gamboge
Litmus
Naples Yellow
^ Prussian Blue
Shell
C Brown Ochre
fYermilion
Red-Lead
Red Ochre
Lake
LCarmine
Red
Gold
Brown
<!
Wood-Soot,
or
Bister
<J
Cologne Earth
Lumber
fLamp Black
B1
Blackly
Sea-Loalf*
Black
j
(.Indian Ink.
Out
WATER-COLOUR PAINTING.
may form all the
your work may require.
349
Some
lead
Cologne earth
Some
ticot,
washed and ground as, for inbrown ochre Dutch pink umber
colours are to be
stance, white
smalt, ultramarine,
which
are, red-lead,
mas-
and vermilion.
And
ivory black.
sap-green, and
which
rest
fair
water;
as,
gamboge,
litmus.
digo, lake,
Grind
all
and verdigrise.
your colours with
fair
upon a
fiat
in
sparingly.
If
greasy,
mix
a very
little
stick,
ear-wax, or a
little
drop of fish or
A phial with
viz.
water
in
2.
A phial
THE LABORATORY.
350
A phial
2.
with lime-water.-
quick-lime in
water
fair
up for use
this is
of great
3.
this
means.
made of gum-arabic
dis-
5.
if
is
of use in
A phial
of
spirits
of hartshorn, a
You must
work they
little
are for
as, for
laying
on a ground, sky
or clouds,
The
hair-pen-
drop of which
to its beauty.
which,
after
To paint
Take
with
this
mixed with
little
little
white
some
space, break
it
with
make
ail
it
fainter
and
fainter towards
sky;
WATER-COLOUR PAINTING.
351
after
clouds at a distance.
For a
little
white, in-
cording to
art,
little
can have
To
You
Ground on
must
from nature
is
lay a
to lay
purple
herself.
use, for a
is
S(c.
of a reddish
hue, brown, red, and white, and temper your colour ac-
cording as
with a
it is
little
old or
new shade
;
it
bister or soot.
Other walls lay on with black and white, and shade with
sometimes mix a little purple with it,
and then shade it with black and lake.
For wainscoting that is embellished with carved mould-
ings and figures, you must use one colour for both plain
and carved work, shading and heightening it with judgment and care.
To
Of
scot.
Carnation or Flesh-colour.
sparingly
some add a
:
shade the
having
lips,
laid
little
on
lake,
but
that
must be but
352
THE LABORATORY.
lake and
and a
vermilion, and
little
lake,
plexion,
mix
or brown-red, or with
little
for a
colour.
Some
lay the
artists
young women with white, then shade it with paperblack, and bring in the carnation colour where it is re-
for
quired.
The
Paper-llack>
Is made in the following manner
take the paper in
which leaves of gold have lain burn them quick, one
after another, and let them drop into a bason of clean
water then take them out, and grind them on a stone to
a fine paste form it into little tents, and let it dry when
you use it, temper it with gum- water as you see fit.
For old people, use vermilion, brown-ochre and white
shade it with bister and lake.
A dead corpse of a young person paint with flake-white,
brown-ochre and a little indigo, or sea-coal and shade it
:
with
bister,
or sea-coal.
For an old dead corpse, leave out the indigo, but shade
it
as before.
or chimney soot
white lead.
women
hair.
shade
it
behind,
Trees
.WATER-COLOUR PAINTING.
353
Trees are laid on, some with white, black, and bister,
shaded with brown ochre, and heightened with the same
colour, with
more white
in
it.
Those
that stand at a
and
Those
and shadow them but
while,
in colouring
of
ships, houses,
it
whennew,
with brown-ochre
and to
white
In colouring
nature, for
no
or ruins,
young
those houses which
little light
castles,
cities,
rules
to a
practitioner,
to give a
it
lie
little
brown-ochre;
Such buildings
purple and a
as are
and
slighter
further, lay
softly
on with a
with
laid
faint
blue,
still
blue, shaded
little
off,
and
the
shade
In colouring of rocks,
distance, observe the
hills,
same
rule.
Such
at a great
Trees
upon the fore-ground, you paint with several sorts
of greens, the better to distinguish one from the other
vol. i.
a a
such
that are
'
THE LABOR.ATORY.
354
How
Horses
hills,
hills.
to
of ehesnut
brown-red,
and
tails
of horses you
may make
You
white
shade
it
with
it
white.
heighten
it
and by these
you
shadows a
Lay on hogs
and shade
it
A bear is
red,
little
laid
little
bister
use
black.
or pigs with
with
will
bister.
shaded with
A leopard
bister
is
laid
on with
little
bister.
monkey
WATER-COLOUR PAINTING.
A monkey
the hair
bister
red, with a
A hart
bister
and black
is
the
laid
is
355
little
little
brown-
white.
is
white.
rabbit
belly
on with white,
laid
is
white
is
these
creatures
black,
and
bister
the
of various colours,
are
after nature.
Of
Birds.
the breast
is
white
all
when they
must be
are
irritated,
the substance
laid
otherwise,
lake,
when
blue
about their
deepening
bill
it
is
little
swan
white
is
laid
rising at the
bill red,
with a black
upper end.
would be no end
a a 2
many
various co-
for
THE LABORATORY.
it is with many
356
for every
an
one
ought
artist
copy
to
after nature.
Of
Apples
verdigrise
digrise
are laid
or a
shade
heighten
it
and thus
it
on with
little
Fruit.
mixed with a
tine masticot
little
so also pears.
little
white.
stalk,
in the
to a
top.
dowed with
black
all
this
little
black, sha-
of one piece.
Mulberries are
laid
shadowed
on the highest
bister,
Grapes
White grapes
with, white.
are laid
laid
if
there be a
and heighten
it
it
with lake,
of
WATER-COLOUR PAINTING.
of
nature as
it lies
SS^
to copy-
before you.
laid
Indian-ink, and
it
is
For the
rest, let
if
they are
they are
bister,
the
and
practi-?
follow nature.
Of
Roses
Flowers.
pale carmine
and white,
it is
Some
lake
Red
ixulion,
lilies
are laid
v.er-
and carmine.
The
THE LABORATORY.
358
The peony
is
laid
less white.
Some
another that
is
little
higher
this is
The
blue hyacinth
The
less
is
laid
white.
and a
white,
little
ultramarine
is laid
white.
The
white sort
is
laid
yellow
is
laid
both
is
yellow.
Of
Gold
Metals.
laid
shell-gold.
is laid on with white, shadowed with black and
and heightened with shell-silver.
Silver
blue,
Tin
WATER-COLOUR PAINTING.
Tin or pewter
is
clone the
little
359
it is
laid
on
indigo.
is
Brass
is
tioners to nature,
which
is
to.
is
flat
To
distance or situation.
art, it will
tween
is
viewed,
it
window
glass, as if
itself; jf
he were
upon a
it flat
and drawn,
just as
it
it
and lay
he has seen
table,
first
drawn
it
This
object
art, therefore,
may be
delineated on a
fiat
whereby every
surface,
with equal
By
THE LABORATORY.
360
By proper
attention to the
few following
rules,
which
this professes
To
more
may be
study, to
only to be an introduction*
Draw
fig.
2.
arches,
from
A to
B.
B
is
you proceed
Jine given,
the
in
If the perpendicular
the
in
same manner
below the
as above
See plate 7.
line.
To divide
Let A
fig. 3.
plate
7,
Number
of equal Parts.
be the given
line.
From
vided
and
AK,
first in B P,
F O, &c. and the
N, &c. will divide A B into
right lines
K K,
L,
H M, G
with the
G N,
*,
::
-
/,
txc.
Many
excellent
treatises
of perspective, but the one which gives the most valuable and varied examples, though
printed
in quarto,
it
by D. Foamier, an ingenious
foreigner,
who
is
acted
To
PERSPECTIVE.
To draw
a parallel, as
The
See plate
horizontal line
O P,
semi-circles,
S61
R, parallel to
line
7.
no other than a
is
you
Q R,
fig. 4,
parallel to the
base.
The
as
ST,
diagonal line
An equilateral
triangle
B,
by
setting the
and
E
E
upon
raised
is
compasses
is
to
another,
5. pi. 7.
fig.
also
C, and
at
from D,
at the distance
at the distance
respectively
C D
E,
fig. 6. pi. 7.
Ichnography
is
is
to
be raised, as
A BCD
See
is
fig. 7. pi.
the
7.
ing,
fig. 8. pi. 7.
as I
KLMNOP
Of
The
visual ray
of the eye
it
is
is
is
fig. 9. pi. 7.
that
the strongest of
all
to the centre
others
it
called central, a
b, fig.
is
1. pi.
If the
8.
divides
If the object
make
be a
right
whereof
the line ab Is the base, and the two lines, c d, the rays on
the outside, which come from the eye e, and make the
a triangle,
triangle
THE LABORATORY.
362
triangle
e,
a,
If the object
b.
make
is
a pyramid, as
fig. 3,
of which a
is
Of
The
the Horizon.
horizon, in perspective,
is
See plate
line.
Of
8.
The
point of sight A,
D, are
The base,
stand
to join themselves.
or plane
B,
that
is
is
fig. 1.
its
own
plane,
which
is
always
The points
set at
of distance
C,
fig, 2,
A, and
is
point of sight
DD
line,
CC
b.
the
the points of
distance
PERSPECTIVE.
distance
BB
DD
which go
lines,
363
EE
the abridgments of
F F the diagonal
of distance
to the points
C.
K, nor
sight
tal
to the point
of distance
CC
these acciden-
windows,
tables, chairs,
Of
This
is
when
&c.
the object
is
neither one side nor the other in your view, but shewing
when
elevated
(if
it
be not a
polygon).
when
the eye
the object
is
sight,
make
tire
is
drawn
Of
the Diagonals
A geometrical
and
their Sections.
drawn from the base to the point of sight for insuppose one gives a shorter or longer line for the
perspective than what is in the plane, as for instance, fig.
to be
stance
1.
plate (11),
same number of
AB
C)
from
all
THE LABORATORY.
364
The
FF
diagonals
are
of sight D.
drawn
of the
AD,
Now,
squares
line (as in
The
other side
in the
to
Deep sinking
In
to
is
divided
next from
drawing of Perspective.
This
is
H II
the base
abridgment
you
tance,
so on, see
is
to
MM
at
will
fig.
and
o:c.
as for
AB
example,
4, plate
(11).
lines
there
lit,
Of
This
fig.
plate
from these
;
after
draw
the
first
of
dis-r
distance,
sight.
Thus
garden
plats,.
(11),
number of squares
then draw,
to
:ai
or pavement,
2,
is
and
If the abridgment
the second
plane
equal to the
of a pavement
lines
find
L, that
to the points
LL
in
the breadth
divisions, the
is
jrtion, at the
for
which
PERSPECTIVE.
365
first
if
the measure of
its
it
height, as
the sides
A, which
is
meet together
jects, those
and according
where
all
of the ob-
to the distance
raise themselves,
you see
in
fig.
plate (9).
1,
The
trees are
Forth the
same
where one
air,
fig. 2,
plate (9).
you draw a
from the foot of that elevation a, to the point of sight
and all the figures which are at the distance must re-
manner
to
be half
quarter
1,
its
first
figure
and
plate (12)*
fig.
line,
suppose the
first
you mark
elevation
let it
be a
between these
you draw perpendiculars for the elevation of the
figures G H which are at some distance.
See f g. 2, plate
that elevation to the point of sight F, and
lines
(12).
When
Z66
When
I,
the
THE LABORATORY.
horizon is high, we must from
plate (12),
fig. 3,
horizon, which
is
draw
the
first
figure
its
all
the heights of
the
K L M,
which
will
tive distances, as
is
shewn
in
at their respec-
plate (12), at
fig. 3,
N N N,
ooo.
Figures that have their feet on the horizon are propor-
or principal figure
first
plate (13).
fig. 2,
The same
rule
is
be observed
to
is
The
which stand
fig. 3, wher
in figures
'
hill,
or any
1,
to
C and D elevated on
and post must be of the same dimension and
height with A, as must any other figure that stands
upon an eminence on the same ground with the first
figure.
Supposing the hill to be twenty-five feet high
rected, observing that the figures
the
hiil
the
first
figure
we
will
say
is
five
feet,
the
second
figure standing
the
hill
ing of the
his feet
hill
are
drawn
PERSPECTIVE.
drawn according
and
367
to the perpendiculars, as a to a, b to b,
c to c.
figures,
as for
at a distance, as b to b,
and
c to c.
bird
first
and the
A,
parallels,
b to b, fig. 2. plate
fig.
(14).
The same of
3.
tables, boxes,
&c. in perspective,
rules of scenography.
See
fig.
9,
opening
squares,
is
more
you may
or less
by the same
rules.
PART
THE LABORATORY.
363
PART
XI.
COSMETICS, ODORIFEROUS-WATERS,
OILS, &c.
How
rye
TAKE
peat
bran,
till it is
it
to
sift it
clear
from
all
the flour
yolks of eggs
stir it
together,
is
and
distil it in
then soak
it
put in some
balnco marine
of the skin.
Another.
Take
parsley, nettle
your hands or
face.
fair
wash
Or,
369
COSMETICS, &c.
tartar
wine,
and
in
alum
Boil the blossoms of rosemary,
Or,
with which wash your hands and face.
Take slices of lemons and dried beans let them soak
in wine
add some honey, eggs, and goat's milk then
;
distil it.
A fine
Take
the Face.
them
in eighteen
then put in of
rice
fresh butter
;
beautifying wash.
An
Take
Odoriferous Water.
one scruple
set these
amber
then
distil it in
Take orange
be excellent.
To prepare
for Ladies
to
colour
Take
time,
then strain
vol.
i.
it,
and,
to
them
for
some
been dissolved
the quantity of a quart, put an
ounce
b b
THE LABORATORY,
370
dyed
dry
in the
it
shade
and keep
things,
a box,
use
it
Take
border round
little
it
set the
tie it
you
or Benzoin.
two
in
and
it
it
is
put into
it
let
is
its
place
and when
fire,
and
let it cool.
You
will find
which
is
taken off
frith a
warm
spatula
if it
and
sufficient bigness,
fill
it
it is
light, easily
into
fire
a retort of a
place
it
more
is
distils
keep
agreeable, and
fire
its
taste sharp
till
;
nothing
the odour
and pungent.
Oil
COSMETICS,
371
Sec.
Oil of Roses.
Take
them
mortar
in a stone
lay
them
take a
little
linen bag,
wet
it
having tied
then
in rose-water,
it
is
it
put
close,
very
fine,
Oil of Cloves.
Take
knife, break
stamp
them
also cloves
water, so long
in pieces,
till it
then put the almonds, cloves, and the waters of each to-
them
you
them
swelled then
and put them again
into the water to swell
repeat this five or six times then
put them into a press, and press out the oil which keep
till
find
In this
Fill
flowers,
spirits
gathered
of wine
when
set
it
in a
days
after
distilled
water-bath
of rosemary
full
;
infuse
join
give a digesting
it
them
in
to its head,
fire
for three
into
the cucurbit
strong enough to
may
prime
in their
make
refit,
the liquid
two-thirds of
it,
fire
so as one drop
let
and
THE LABORATORY.
372.
very
Ladies use
to beautify
it
complexion, by mixing
their
Take
soft soap,
incorporate
it
finely sifted, of
it.
tartar, well
all
for use
when
then add to
it
round
balls,
make
occasion requires to
To prepare a Leather
Strap.
side,
the grease
is
washed
till
pour on fresh
times,
till
tripoli
the leather
the grease
it
little
work
becomes warm
into
then
for use.
Or,
in fair water,
it.
and
well together.
pour
Let
it
draw
COSMETICS, &.
373
become
being
dry,
which
draw off all
it,
rub it into the greased leather, in the same manner as you
did the tripoly
only work in the emery with a piece of
smooth ivory, or with a burnisher after this, stroke your
razor softly over it, and the effect will be, that razors
thrown aside as useless are so recovered, as to be fit for
shaving.
Now, as one razor is softer than another, you
must pass a soft one on a strap prepared with tripoly
and a hard one upon a strap prepared with emery.
the water from
To make
Take
Hair
the
gfb'Ji'.
iuice of nettles,
and repeat
-it
frequently.
Purpose.
grease, half an
niment,
A
Take
compound
Oil,
pound of the leaves of green southernboil them in a pint and a half of sweet oil, and
half a pint of red wine
when sufficiently boiled, remove
it from the fire, and strain off the liquor through a linen
Repeat mis operation, with fresh southernwood to
bag.
wood
half a
the
THE LABORATORY.
314
the strained liquor
two ounces of
and to the
A Remedy for
Roast
last
bear's grease.
Corns.
cut
it
open
Soak
immediately
to the corn.
warm
it
water
garlic,
as before,
corn with a
fillet
over
it,
changing
it
daily,
and soaking
An
Take of
finest
excellent Tooth-powder.
and Florentine
whole
orris root,
into a fine
Peruvian bark,
reduce the
Another Dentifrice.
Take
prepared pumice-stone,
beat,
sift
them.
Imperial
375
COSMETICS, &G.
Imperial Water.
Take
that
is
drawn
distil
off,
in a water-bath
it
also whitens
the teeth,
Venetian Water,
Take
upon
deli-
Foreign
it,
to clear
a Sun-burnt Complexion.
May
a pint of
water
distils
To
Take
all
preserve Flowers,
thin layer at
Dry
it
well
and put a
Hold
blossoms
set the
it,
pan
THE LABORATORY.
316
one.
little
inferior to the
A
Take
Liniment
to
destroy Vermin.
staves-acre
of flowers of sulphur.
two ounces of salad-oil.
A fine
Take
Make them
laid eggs
beat
them
fire,
Keep
butter.
it
Wash
and keep
stick, till
stirring
it is
the
thick as
When
for use.
new
vessel.
water.
to the part
the face
first
varnish.
Take
cut
it
as small as possible,
warm
Apply
to the whit-
Fine
COSMETICS,
377
See.
Take a pound of Florentine orris-root, in fine powder; two ounces of powdered gum-benjamin and storax ;
yellow saunders a pound and a half; cloves, two drachms
some powdered dried lemon-peel. Mix the above, well
;
powdered, and
sift
Almond
Beat any quantity you please, of sweet and bitter almonds, previously blanched, or deprived of their skins, in
a marble mortar while beating them, pour on a few drops
of vinegar to keep them from turning oily. After the
paste is formed, add of powdered storax two drachms,
two ounces of whitish honey, and two yolks of hard
:
boiled eggs.
a paste.
Take
oil
and
oil
white
wax and
wax
melt the
spring-water, an ounce
or in a
water-bath.
mortar, and
tallic)
stir
till it is
agitation, this
its
name.
in
preparing
&tc.
ing,
and
is
pomade
Some add
It
it;
whence
prevents the
an excellent
gallipot, tied
By
&c.
it
pits
Keep
it
in
Lip
THE LABORATORY.
S73
Lip Sake.
Take
three ounces of
of almonds
oil
three quarters
in a
powdered alkanet
little
oil
root.
Stir it
till it is
cold,
and
of rhodium.
While Pomatum.
Take
half an ounce
ounces of rose-water,
water.
strain
off,
and stand by
till
cold
then
tie it
up close in
A
Take
the juice
of each
honey,
ounce
Applv
Pomatum
to
remoie Wrinkles.
two ounces
it
it
A Pomatum for
Take
ceti,
oil
into a
pomatum,
ounce
make
till
pomatum.
the morning.
the Skin.
of white poppy-seeds,
three quarters of an
mix them
-on
one
four
gills;
sperma-
utter the
manner of the
rest.
Method
COSMETICS, &c.
379
veral
or
upon each.
like
herbs
strewing the
plates,
or liowers
Set
pomatum
is
in
it
To
in gallipots,
it,
and
and
for use.
Common
every pound of
ounce
in a water-bath,
set
completed.
keep
of Florentine
scented Powder.
common
orris-root, finely
powdered,
sifted,
and blended.
For
Take
ounce.
white
vitriol
the Eyes.
and bay
Decrepitate them,
i.
salt,
e.
dry them
till
they crack,
Stir
them
together,
and
let
will
hours.
Skim
which
Balls
Take
to
soft soap,
and incorporate
it
small portion
Mix
spots
of
burnt alum
and
add
powder.
equal parts
tartar in
the whole, and form the mass into balls, with which
garments.
Cosmetic
THE LABORATORY.
J50
Hon
Blanch two
and Properties.
beat
them
into
add
to the paste, a
that the
grains of hydrargyrus
PART
SILK,
DYING
oily
lotion, night
and morning.
XII.
WORSTED, COTTON,
k
fcfc.
OF VARIOUS COLOURS.
THEemployed,
art
the tinging of
silk,
it is
usually
worsted, cotton,
On
some of which
than to enlighten.
However,
it
is
DYING OF
this
fine
work
its
SILK,
COTTON, &C.
381
and
to con-
No
doubt a
not allow of a complete treatise, which would alone occupy volumes, such as the literary world can furnish to
those whose leisure and fortune enable them to enjoy and
read them.
Hozd
to
dye
First
it
each pound of
take, to
wheaten bran
put
and
into a tub,
it
into
let it
two
stand
pails
all
night
four handfuls of
silk,
of water
;
boil
it
pour
it
tartar,
half a pound of
beaten to a fine
and wring
Then
it
take a quarter of a
pound of
leave
thus
it
siik
to dry.
gall-nuts
them
beat
then put
boils,
cover
it
it
it
in the pail
well,
pour
it
when
well, to prevent
ounces
THE LABORATORY,
38^
ounces and a
of
half,
it
cool a
an hour
and put in the
little,
to prevent
being clouded
its
If the colour
tartar,
then take
silk
and,
it
let
stir it
when
let it
cool, wring
out.
it
is
and when
warm
fire
again,
it
is
of Newcastle soap
Hang the skeins of
afterwards
rinse
cold water.
in
it
Another Method
Take
ounce,
to
Roman alum
of good
on them
as
sufficient
is
purpose to dye
when
more
then wring
ounce of cochineal,
of
vitriol
little
boil,
silk
you
put in the
silk,
powdered, and
sixty drops
on
it
a high colour
but,
sticks,
if
in
the shade.
it
let
take
it
it
out
This will be
of a deep crim-
of acid
and
drop into
put them,
much water
ounce of the
ready to
boil in bran
finely
when ready
is
out,
it
it
son,
for half an
it
sal-ammo-
silk in.
General
DYING OF
33J
COTTON, &C.
SILK,
Crimson,
Scarlet, or
Purple.
1.
Your
and
clean,
The
2.
is
boiler or kettle
from any
free
soil
or grease.
when
the water
lake-warm.
If
3.
may
put
it
in the
first
boiled,
take
boiling,
and
let
it
two
for
boil
hours.
When
4.
out, rinse
it
it,
first
boils, stir
6.
Now
the
silk,
cleansed in the
is
when
well about.
first lye,
from
fixing in clouds.
When
7.
clean,
may
8.
the colour
and hang
be free from
When
is
to
is
out
rinse
How
it
it
it
dust.
the acid
carefully take
it
swim
at
top,
it
off.
to dissolve
Take
fine
pewter
add more
to
it
acid,
it,
put
it
the solution
till it is
one ounce of
is
acid,
little
which
The common
acid, a quarter
of an ounce of pewter.
To
38
THE LABORATORY.
{>
Put
silk
and wring
it
quarter of a
out
this
in this, turn
pound of
your
out
Archil.
all
much white
as
night, to soak
silk,
silk,
silk
arsenic
then wring
a
;
it
two ounces of
turmeric
soak
all
two hours
and
night,
in the
To
morning
rinse
it
let it
out.
a Violet Colour.
dj/e
all
it
and
night,
rinse
it
finely
boil
it
together,
in fair water.
To dye Worsted,
-Stuff, or
Tarn of
a Crimson Colour.
time
then take
water
then boil
it
it
out,
and when
again,
and
cpol, rinse
put,
to each
it
in clean
pound of
Another
DYING OF
COTTON, &C.
SILK,
Another Method.
in the
morning, pour
it
and half
it
it
clear off,
boil
it
it
and
much
all
filter
clear
boil for
while
boiling,
it is
with a
fair
water as before
Then
stick.
mixing
of
them stand
let
water to
let
of water,
six gallons
when
it
it
put into
it
four
when
in your stuffs
keep
it
stirring
let it
to
is
cool
vour mind
and
rinse
little
while, put
it
on a winch,
then take
it
till
you
out of the
in fair water.
it
silk,
a quarter of a
it
warm
in this,
turn your
rinse, wring,
out,
till
it is
pound of
through a
just luke*-
silk,
drawn
it,
it
and dry
it.
Take,
and wash
it
to
dried, four
it
in clean water,
till
yol.
i.
c c
it
be-
twccn
;;
THE LABORATORY.
386
first
wring
continually,
it
for
an hour
again on sticks
it
therein,
it
wring
will
well,
it
have a
then
having prefirst,
as
and hang
it
fine colour.
Take
To
dj/e
make
a lye of eight
after
which,
two
ounces of sal-ammoniac
therein
into
it
all
night
then boil
it
pounds of madder,
soak the
little in fair
silk,
and.
or cotton,
water,
and put
DYING OF
SILK,
&C
COTTON,
387
and every time you pour, the colour will grow the
deeper, so that you may bring it to what degree you please.
lye
Another Method.
Take,
to
tartar,
mind
to .dye,
put in your
and you
silk,
have
will
of a fine colour.
Another Method.
Take
one ounce of
them together
ounce of turmeric
tartar
starch and lemon juice, of
cream of tartar a quarter of an ounce ;
;
in fair water,
:
adding a quarter of an
put in your
To
dj/e
Take
silk.
Yam,
one pound of
tartar, half a
them together
your yarn
let it
then
let
them
cool a
little,
boil
and put in
9c
it.
Hon)
THE LABORATORY.
383
How
Heat
to
soft
prepare, or
water
set,
in a kettle
handfuls
into
To
five
Then
ball,
w hen
r
you must
handfuls of
madder
settled,
it
and
half,
this boil a
quar-
bran,
will
be
fit
for use.
very
together;
fine,
when
it
vou should repeat, till you see the blue tincture is extracted clearly from it.
It is to be observed, that the madder must be but sparingly
used, for it only alters the colour, and makes it of a violet
blue, which, if you design to have, cochineal is the fitter
for.
The mixed colours in blue are the following: dark
blue, deep blue, high blue, sky blue, pale blue, dead blue,
and whitish blue.
By mixing of blue and crimson, is produced purple, columbine, amaranth, and violet colours; also from those
mixtures may be drawn the pearl, silver, gridelii), &c. cothe lye
this
lours.
From
DYING OF
From
389
COTTON, &C.
SILK,
lowing colours,
deep
the
viz.
brown.
much
ence
is
and
false
hue
but experi-
to
set a
Blue Vat
together with
Management,
and Worsted.
Take
of
this
pour
make
into a tub,
it
and put
in
finely
indigo,
green on your
fingers,
ready,
cover
stir
it is fit
till
for dying;
however, when
done,
it.
When
fresh
it
and
warm
may dye
it
lve
wring
to
it
dye
out,
silk,
first
and dip
it
wash the
silk in
You
longer or
it
When
the colour
is
to
silk
and
your
it
up
silk
it
and hang
in fair water,
to dry.
When
the vat
is
wasted,
fill
it
but if
it
THE LABORATORY.
390
days, stirring
it
will
it
be again
for use.
fit
Fill
it
it
boil
up,
it
little,
to
it
vat
and
stir,
let it settle,
settled,
digo
is
to a quarter
with
them
let
this lye
and when
till
the in-
pot-ash, a quarter of a
of borax
stir it,
repeat this
Or,
wasted.
Take
settle
make
it fit
Take
silk,
dj/e Silk
alum and
before
been
di-
each pound of
to
water
of a Straw Vellon*.
then
ter of an
and
it
To
rected
put this in
silk
silk,
out of the
it
boil for
first
liquor,
is
fill
first
it
on
in this dip
sticks,
your
pre-
silk, till
to your mind.
Another
DYING OF
SILK,
COTTON,
291
&TC.
Another Method.
The
silk,
colour
then take
it
beat
it
and hang
Of dying
The
it
out again
then put
it
it
dip
it
into the
let it
out,
is
Silk,
it
S(c.
up to dry.
nothing else
root, fustic,
which, by walnut-tree
to
what
to
one pound of
silk,
Silk.
a quarter of a pound of
to-
and
let it soak all night
take it out the next morning, and
hang it up to dry; then take one pound of fustic, and boil
it in four gallons of water, for an hour
take out the fustic,
fling it away, and put into the kettle half an ounce of fine
beaten verdigrise stir it about for a quarter of an hour,
draw it off into a tub, and let it cool then put into that
colour an ounce of pot-ash stir it together- with a stick
dip into it your silk, till you think it ycliow enough
then rinse it in fair water, and hang it up to dry then dip
gether in hot water to dissolve
silk,
it
THE LABORATORY.
31>2
it
till
more
to
one pound of
it
then put
three ounces
silk,
infuse
it
on the
in a pint
fire
when
stir
it
with a
stick,
and keep
it
work up a
then hang
water
beat
dress
dried,
it
Soak your
dry
rinse
and when
well;
to
it
stir it,
for
it
dried a
then
an hour;
you have
to dye,
you will
your
river-
alum water
again in
is
or less
it
it
it
to
it.
HoW
take
up
it
more
then
and
To
dye
Yarn of
Yellow Colour.
an ounce of alum
wood
pour
liquor,
it
in,
put
it
into a
and mix
it
stir
quart of
it
will
brown
Brasil-
well together,
;
in this
and
soak your
be of a good yellow.
DYING OF
COTTON, &C.
SILK,
'S'J'i
or Linen, Black.
After you
take, to
kettle well,
it
with
silk,
four
fill
each pound of
it
when
let
is
it
well
which
silk,
it
and wring
out
it
beat
it,
rinse, beat,
it
pound of
four hours
after
then take
twelve ounces
let
for three or
silk,
up
boil
it
and rinse
of gall-nuts
let
then
which put
then wring
it
in
out
it.
Soak
of yellow
it
alum water,
you do
in
dying
boil
it
up; add to
it,
after
liitle
it
as
stir it
with a
it,
stick,
for
and, after
two or three
hours,
THE LABORATORY.
394
then rinse
terwards clear
it
it
out in soap-suds,
till it
and dress
in fair water,
three
it
looks clear
af-
according to
art,
Worsted.
salt
the
boil
cloth
tartar,
with these
pot-ash
let
fine
it
well
boil
quickly,
or thrice,
then
it
will
twice
have a
brimstone colour.
A
Take
Lemon
Colour.
will
have
it
of a
fine lemon-colour.
To dye an
To
dye
this
colour,
observe the
and
vitriol,
Olive Colour.
then
first
make
directions for
a lye of gall-nuts
To dye
Having
first
a Gold Colour.
dyed your
silk,
commodity,
DYING OF
SILK,
COTTON, &C.
395
one ounce of yellow chips, and of pot-ash the quanof a bean boil for half an hour then put in your
and turn it till the colour is to your liking.
dity,
tity
silk,
into the
and pea-flowers,
in a
pewter
tartar, rock-salt,
kettle
then put
same
powdered,
Scarlet.
stirring or
thus
raise the
less cochineal,
bran, or starch
six quarts
bran water
of wheaten bran
is
thus prepared
boil
it
low
it is
take five or
over a slow
it
it,
fire in rain-
with some
up with a hand-
it is
soft,
commonly used
and mixed
Jew
Agaric,
is
an ingredient used
it
it
may
in
its
virtue: as
it
is
of a
reasonably be supposed,
to be in
the dye.
4.
The
use of arsenic
iqua-fortis, or
is
marine acid
may
supply
its
place as well.
5.
Scarlet
:;
THE LABORATORY.
396
5.
Scarlet
is
the aqua-fortis
may
be
lour
is
is
changed
wine
this
glass,
into a scarlet.
To prepare
First
take, to
the Cloth
for dying of
one pound of
cloth,
Scarlet.
and
scum
froths,
for an hour,
it.
and put
and take
To dye
it
in the cloth
Cloth of a
when
turn
it
it
boils
therein
it.
common Red.
Take,
red.
Another Method.
Take
let it boil
for
an hour and
half,
and leave
it
to
soak
all
night
DYING OF
COTTON, &X.
SILK,
397
one pound of
good madder, two ounces of Orleans'-yellow, one ounce
and a half of turmeric, and two ounces of aqua-fortis
r.ight
then rinse
them
boil
and
it,
of an hour, and
ters
it
To
Brown
will
dj/e
be of a good red.
a Brozvn Colour.
being of
a disagreeable scent,
it
it
china-
use
root.
A
Take
tar
Nutmeg
Colour y on Stuffs.
pound of
tar-
put this into a kettle of water, and boil your stuff for
them,
turn
with a*winch,
it
to coo!
till it
is
in
till
warm
water, put
the colour
is
to
put
boil
and
-dissolved
the stuff
into a kettle
stuff,
it
it
out
which before is
the kettle, and turn
vitriol,
in
your mind
then rinse
it
out.
Or,
Take
put in the
stuff,
it
and when
over a winch
turn
it
it
cool
pound of
with the
it
gali-nuts,
stuffs, into
out and
let
it
begins to boil,
after
it
cool
it
turn
let
it
cold,
for half
the kettle
it
is
boil for
together
an hour
take
THE LABORATORY.
39S
take
put
it
it
stir
How
Make
put
it
to
till
it
it
make Flax
a strong lye of
be as
will
out,
Soft
wood
and Mellow.
flax for
twenty-four hours
After
soft as silk,
will
stufis,
rinse
this,
strong lye
and
pound of vitriol,
it,
and it
water
then take
lime, in
take one
deep enough
lour
cool again
it
it
let
it
it
then
boil,
in clean
then rinse
it
out, dry
An
a
it,
excellent
Stuff,
it.
Cloth,
jjftr.
Take
two pounds of spring water, put in it a little potash (about the quantity of a walnut) and a lemon cut in
mix this well together, and let it stand for
small slices
;
then strain
cloth,
out
spots,
all
whether
and,
when
dry,
is
taken
you
this
water takes
through a
it
off,
and
linen, immediately.
As
To dye Woollen
Stuffs of
a Black Colour.
Fine
be
first
DYING OF
Sumach, dye
it
made
COTTON, &C.
SILK,
To
black.
399
Middling
after they
stuffs,
ering and drawn through a blue vat, are dyed black with
and vitriol.
For ordinary wool, or woollen
gall-nuts
branches and
your
shells, a
stuff to a
filings,
brown colour
made with
black dye,
stuffs,
take of walnut-tree
quantity
sufficient
then draw
through the
it
and Indian-wood.
Take
filings
Colour.
bark of elder-tree
them up
boil
together,
linen therein.
To dye Woollen of
Take
1.
two pounds of
a good Black,
gall-nuts,
them
enough, take
2.
this boil
your
it.
then take
it
it
all
it
cool.
3.
a pound of Sumach
then cool and rinse
it,
boil
and it
will
be of a good black.
For
the
first
boiling take
two pounds of
gall-nuts, half
a pound
THE LABORATORY.
400
a
der
boil
then take
Put
pounds of Sumach,
vitriol, two
pounds of wild marjoram, six pounds of tile-dust, some
waste of a grind-stone, six pounds of walnut-leaves, half
a pound of burnt tartar, two pounds of salt, four pounds
of woad on these pour boiling water till your vessel is
full
your plush, after it is well boiled and cleansed, must
be well galled, by boiling it in one pound and a half of
Sumach, eight ounces of madder, two ounces and a half
of burnt nitre, half an ounce of sal-ammoniac, one ounce
and a half of vitriol, half an ounce of burnt tartar then
eight
take
it
out,
and
let it
it.
Then fill the kettle with the above liquor, and boil and
dye your plush in the manner as you do other stuffs, turnwhen the colour is to your
ing it round with the winch
mind, take out the plush, let it cool, and rinse and hang
it up to dry.
;
To dye
In a
two pounds
file-dust
DYING OF
401
COTTON, &C.
them boii for two hours
SILK,
then
up with a
it
till
boil for
an hour longer
for half
an hour, slowly
the
silk
hang
boil
it
then put
your
in
then take
it
and
let
it
boil
it
it
in a
when
then rinse
dry, take
good
put into
it
solved,
rinse
silk,
it
water
of barley-water, and
paiiful
the
done, hang
this
other coloured
This colour
to dry,
it
in
lye,
dis-
then in running
therein quickly,
silk
it
and order
it
as
you do
silks.
will also
dye
all
sorts
of manufactured wool-
len stuffs.
To
give the black silk a fine gloss, you must, before the
put
last dipping,
in,
for
isin-
Silk.
borax, half a
litharge, four
hour
let
them
teen days
when you
let
an
design to use
it,
this
shells
it
let
them
boii
many
THE LAISQRATORY.
402
cold
when
so, take
the greasiness
tilled
it
hang them
little
bags of canvas,
might remain
Silk that
is
then galled
gall-nuts
to
to
all
the ere a-
be dyed must be
each pound of
first
silk,
and
boiled in bran,
it,
To dye
Grey
two or three
poker
with bran
it
is
Grey
a middle colour,
Colour.
it
may be
observed, that
if
the
it
stuffs,
you add
grey, pearl
brown
grey, &cc.
To dye
First,
Some
little
woad.
tincture of
after
silk
or worsted, in
enough.
this colour
is
in a blue vat
you
DYING OF
fair
madder,
till
water
you
find
it
403
done, work
this
COTTON, &C.
SILK,
in the kettle
it
with
Another.
Put
stir
it
woollen
stuff;
wet
it
first;
not
make
Then
winch,
more
it
stand a
then
let it
constantly
if
you see
it
put
stuff or silk
it
dees
more of
mix
it
well
black, or a redder,
Of Madder, and
its
by putting
Use
in
in less.
Cotton, S(c.
paper, sticks to
otherwise
it
it
will
it
lose
must be kept
close
from the
its
air,
co-
lour.
To manure
land.
of madder,
it
f<8
THE LABORATORY,
done
is
commonly done
this is
when
September,
which
to hinder
the seed
is
in the
month of
when
next year,
it is
managed
till
spot of ground
may
The
the
thus
countries they are dried in shady places, in order to preserve their colour and strength
in mills, to a
ground
close, in casks, or
in double bags.
The
fresh
more
the more it
old a
madder
one
lively
loses both
that of a year
it is,
It has been a
common
tartar.
Alum and
pounds of
tartar are
used
and preserv-
water
kes
cles
brandy
it
is
of peculiar use
from
its
line,
it
Some
may be
of some use
to light colours
when
when
fresh,
stale, for it
it is
subtilest parti-
but although
highly prejudicial
of
DYING OF
a caution to such as
The
which
in
litmus, being
if to
atic acid,
which
it
solved alkali,
it
will
light
first
this liquid,
ought therefore to be
this
would dye
may be
experiment
405
blue,
is
and mixing
resume
with some
it
former colour:
its
in
poured
is
if
dis-
you pour
To dye
Madder
Silk of a
it.
Colour.
Prepare
dying
silk
then
it
boil
let
it
cold, then
till
it
boils not
lay therein
kettle, together
for an hour,
it
wring
let it
silk,
it
it
silk
rinse
after
it
it
this
it
in
and
it.
Another Method.
After you
on
sticks,
and
each pound of
silk
silk
for dying,
ment
the heat
it is
till
hang
ready to boil
in
;
hang
it
your
silk,
and aug-
silk
an hour, and prevent its boiling, by lessening the fire after this, rinse and beat it out hang it again
on sticks, in a tub with cold water, in which you have
then rinse and
this gives it beauty
put some pot-ash
in
it
for half
dry
THE LABORATORY.
406
dry
How
it.
worsted or
this
Of
madder
made
is
stuffs,
and
Cochineal,
its
Usefulness in dying.
Cochineal, which is a costly fine red colour, is produced by small insects, which when brought into a powder
and boiied, yield a beautiful colour
they are used by
:
They
cotton, &c.
worsted,
from the Spanish West-Indies, the insect feeding on a fruit which has red juice.
The Indians
spread a cloth under those trees, and shake them, and by
this
are imported
insects
Of Kermes, and
This
of
its
grain,
by some
this is cochineal.
Use
its
on account
in dying.
also
it
is
Germany
among
of June.
la
called
St.
Midsummer,
the vulgar
of
or the feast
St.
John
the Baptist.
The
Poles
call
it
purple grain
first
discovered
its
The
colour.
ties.
district
about
Warsaw
still
more
plentiful
and on
ed with gre
thought,
,t
e,-
berries or grains,
the Arabian
when
whence,
name of Kermes
ripe, contain
an
insect of a
it
:
is
the
crimson
red,
DYING OF
&C
COTTON,
SILK,
from the
shell
and
fly
away
balls,
them tothem to
The Dutch mix
when
they
roll
sell
liner hue.
Of
Indigo
is
of different sizes
which, at certain
heaps
laid in
Indigo.
which
to us in lumps
till
times
it is
it
of the year,
rotten
is
brought
an Indian plant
is
is
cut
down
pack
in pieces,
There
when
in
however
itself
carefully the
401
disengage
it
in chests,
when
and send
breaking
it
that with a
it is
it
its
drie.:,
and.
it
to
it
is
they cut
it
abroad.
goodness
is
known
deep gloss
not amiss.
is
Turmeric
Is a foreign root, in the
colour
made
it
is
is
it
It is
the best
is
that
is
which is
no fitter
it is
el-
madder;
greater
aqua-fortis will
life,
a.
especially to scarlet.
Brasil*
THE LABORATORY
408
Brasil-wood.
branches,
thicker
stem
It
is
which, with
unlike
an
measure twenty-four
will
is
try of Brasii
exceeds in colour
this
produces in dying of
very fading.
It is
town
the finest
in the coun-
silks,
vitriol,
this
it
who
it
all
only
round the
feet
is
stem
its
oak-tree,
Brasil-wood, and
is
much
not
is
some
Brasihwood
wood
the Brasils.
called,
and
verdigrise,
by using
dye a good
it.
Archil.
Archil
rocks and
is
cliffs
its
is
preparation
it
produces
fading,
it
is
exceedingly beautiful.
Orleans''
Yellow
Comes
Newcastle soap, or
yellow colour.
like a
very valuable.
lovvs,
The
dough, and
is
The
druggists
sell
very cheap
dyers use
it
two
sorts,
for
the one
is
and
dying of brown-y el-
the other
is
dry,
orange-colours, &c.
Gall-
DYING OF
SILK,
COTTON, &C.
409
Gall-nuts, or Galls.
Galls
large, blue
are
of various sorts;
and white,
PART
XIII.
STENOGRAPHY;
OR
PREVIOUS
to entering
Short-hand Writing,
will
The
comprehended by
may
be thoroughly
its
THE
THE LABORATORY.
410
THE
direction
viz.
of
many
servants, or
method of keeping
Gentlemen also should be able to avoid
deal of perplexity, which daily arises from a want
among
the labourers,
whom
cessarily
employ
in their rural
and
agricultural
improve-
ments.
is
mere inspecBy
means of a
circle
and a
properly arranged,
all
cross,
the
names of
the
length of time they severally worked, in each day, together with the
money due
to
week, and the good or bad qualities of the work and the
workman,
The
next
article will
system of
SHORT-HAND WRITING.
This art was known and practised by the Egyptians, who
were distinguished for learning at an early period, as may
be learned by their hieroglyphics. But the moderns have
simplified the art, and have brought it to a degree of perfection, which has rendered it highly useful, and within
the sphere of the meanest capacity.
A variety
:;
4li
been from time to time published, differing in the shapes and forms of their characters, but maintaining one general principle, viz. the substitution of symbols and contractions, expressive of letters,
variety of systems have
to the opinion of
may
and
his
penmanship
structure,
may
Rule
as,
in their
together with
on further
practice,
be received.
1.
Leave out
all
Rule
2.
their places.
Rule
3.
Use no more
be
sufficient
spelling
word than
letters in spelling a
to
sound
it
the proper
it is
will
mode of
transcribed
into long-hand.
Rule
4.
Few
plete
may
Rule
5.
is
com-
practised
be adopted.
Change any
nient; thus,
letter
for
may
another,
may
where conve-
as
much
alike in
sound
F for Ph.
Rule
THE LABORATORY.
413
liule 6.
before n as in Gnat
m,
after
as in lamb,
G may be dropped
thus,
comb.
So
may
other con-
When
quired, together with the simple characters and their joinings, the learner
may
they
may
own
of
source
riety that
18,
be of
all
his
own
impertinent
may be
adopted, some, or
may be found
useful
and
Among
curiosity.
all,
va-
the
of those on plate
intelligible.
Plate 16.
Plate 17.
proceeds further.
Contains " A table of the manner of joining
Plate
Exhibits
he
8.
viations,
P 'ate
19.
the
more
may
N. B. The
stands alone
letter
but
easiest
where
In running-hand,
uppermost.
ings, and
may be made
it is
as
and d are
m may
and sion
into tions
usual,
when
it
after the
tion
abbreviating
made
and
may be made
into
by placing the
instead of
words,
of
sions,
last letter
Few
Few
413
ART OF SHORT-HAND WRITING.
the one we are now treating of,
or can be compared to
tion
and execution
a week's practice
a proficient,
it
is
will
it
and,
indeed,
sufficient to
the consequences.
mode of committing
either our
worth
all
the care
own
manu-
we can bestow on it
may be pre-
strike us
served from destruction, to the probable benefit of ourselves and our posterity
shall
be effectually prevented,
have
But
for
fitted
this
them
till
mature deliberation
for publication.
the
forgotten, and
excellence.
PART
THE LAEORAT0S.Y.
4l
PART XIV.
MISCELLANEOUS.
OF SNUFF-MAKING.
SNUFF
is
powder applied
to the internal
membrane of
composed
is
too well
known
to
scription.
Although tobacco
is
It will
be
an agreeable
fla-
and fancies of
is
classes of snuffs,
viz.
it
of
{.granulated;
" pinch
415
SNUFF-MAKING.
<;
Hence
we suppose
if
" made
it
might be
much on
which
luxury encroaches as
it
in
that
money
and
thus
" lost to the public, a fund might be constituted for the dis" charge of the national debt."
Whimsical, however, as the above observations undoubtedly are, yet
it
may
is
ration.
Among
all
into this
offering that
They
use
in
When
once the
5
it
all
their civil
spiral
and
wreaths of
its
religious
ceremonies.
THE LABORATORY.
416
made,
just
wise,
is
when they
spirits,
residing, as
of
Like-
make
liberal offerings to
them
secure of protection.
Tobacco
is
made up
interior parts of
into rolls
With
this
in the
It
middle part.
first
intro-
duced tobacco into England, about the year 15S5, and that
he taught his countrymen how to smoke it. Dr. Cotton
Mather, however,
(in his
Christian Philosopher)
first
says,
who
brought some over from Virginia to Europe. Considerable quantities of this plant are cultivated in the Levant, on
the coasts of Greece and the Archipelago, in Italy, and in
quantities,
Tobacot
417
SNUFF-MAKING.
Tobaco, a province of Yucatan, where
covered, and whence its name.
How
Uncord
to
was originally
it
dis-
and
a mortar,
sift
as you
may
pound
it,
How
to
it
for admitting of
Odours.
which
is,
it
When
this
manner
operation
When
the sun.
as before,
is
performed,
dry, put
and soak
it
again,
some smelling
now and
vol.
i.
In the
it
the better.
no more with
mean
dry in
same
common
to dry as before.
purge
it
Twenty-four hours
Repeat
then
while,
stir
Such
set
it
in the sun
and mix
is
it
again
the indispensible
THE LABORATORY.
41#
odour of flowers.
If
fectly nice,
like to
to
have
waste so
it
so per-
much
of
it,
IFoiu to
The
Flozverf.
have employed
all
your
snuff.
After having
the snuff, by
means of the
sieve,
with
new
flowers.
strati-
Continue thus
to do,
till
keep.
Another
Way
to
do the same.
you
sift it
out by
Another
Snuff-making.
419
Another Method.
A preparation
of snuff
Rob
this.
which is
in the
middle
instead of
which
last,
you are
skil-
one
in another.
make use of
term, you
these buds as
before
directed
Snuff of Mille-fleur.
This mille-fleur
made by mixing
snuff, of snuff
together a
of a thousand flowers,
number of
is
various odorous
flowers,
empowered
with, so that
none be found
others.
When
that
have a predo-
to
is
executed, you
Take
put
it
Method practised
at
Rome.
Then
In this
desire,
addition, if
Pour over it
you chuse, of es-
stir
your
snuff,
e e 2
The
HIE LABORATORY.
Take
the
your hand
civet in
little
Odour of
Ci'Jet.
vviih
snuff;
little
and an addition of
remixed
it
snuff.
box
as before.
You may
to other odours.
Amber-snuff.
As
it
pound of snuff
rub,
Take
amber
of
we have
as
civet,
just said
then perfume
it
with
after
little
one pound for these ten grains, increasing either the snuff
or the odours in the
The
same proportion
true Malthese
to
eacn other.
Method cf preparing
Snuff.
The
SNUFF-MAKING.
421
Pound
1.
Snuff.
in
little
sugar.
hands.
The
2.
Seville-snuff
of twenty grains of
is
vanilla,
They who
may
3.
in
their snuff,
keep
it
it
4.
You must
let
should lose
its
take great
but to
air,
fragrancy.
it in the above prescripyou must chuse fine Holland, well purged, reddened
and granulated pound and sift it through a very fine silk
sieve.
Then you give it whatever odour you like, after
to imitate
tion,
having purged
chapter,
5.
art.
There
in
it
the
manner we prescribed
is
no inconveniency
contrary, such
a.
snuff
To give
Take
this
afterwards,
when you
On
ochre,
in
2.
is
them
so
much
the
the other
the longer.
to
Snuff.
little
THE LABORATORY.
422
oil
of almonds
then, con-
it
Then
thereabouts.
pared as in Art.
and throw
2.
rest twenty-four
it
it
on a dry
cloth,
or you
may
wetted
which
snuff infinitely
sun
sieve
and,
method is
more regular.
last
when
you can
dissolved
in
some
it
it
gums the
again in the
through the
perfectly drv,
sift
it
and then
will
be ready to admit of
find
it
finest
with.
it
Melt
wooden
it
pestle,
which steep
in the
wax two
Then
fingers
take a
deep,
MISCELLANEOUS.
all your wax out of
made
it
in the air,
on
and
it
strain
pipkin, and
it
till it is
Then melt
white.
it
all
it
again,
it,
be any.
if there
Another
I.
the grass,
*2f
the
JVaj/
Melt
your wax
in a large copper,
such as those
which
let
fill it,
and
it,
also a
cock
at the other,
wax from
to receive the
at four lingers'
Cover
make
wooden bowl,
it
and
dirt
happen
When
it
to
that
retain
be in
is
sit
it,
done,
have a kind of
so as to
its
tin
upon
its
to
let
it
and
rest thus a
couple of
which
bottom of the
nastiness,
at the
settle
fill
wax
heat,
to
upon
laid
the copper.
basket to
fit
may
tub.
then
wooden
holes
of
its
stick or roller,
bottom,
spit,
at
both
ness of which enters into the water, while the other keeps
above
larly.
it,
This process
will
make
the
wax
flake in the
Now,
water
in fine
wooden.
THE LABORATORY.
424
shovel,
and carry
upon a
it
open
to an
where
field,
lay
thick
it
it
every
other day once, for two weeks running, after which time
it
will
be of a perfect whiteness.
Now
to
warm,
in
be carried
Melt
3.
to.
it
is
How
Take
bullock's suet,
to
multiply Wax.
which pound
well,
ing for seventy-two hours, in the strongest French winevinegar, then boil afterwards for forty-eight hours, keeping
scum
upon
it.
When
that
is
done,
let
it
cool
a while,
and
Next
to that, gather
the tops of
rosemary, sage,
boil
and
after
it
shall
it
will
have no more any bad smell. To colour it, you must put
one drachm of saffron to each pound of suet, and melt it
afterwards with an equal quantity of real bees wax, then
will
be impossible
it
To
MISCELLANEOUS.
To make Mutton-Suet
425
in imitation of
Candles,
Wax
Candles.
Throw
1.
will
to
fail
wax
as pure
it
and
all
the
fine as
itself.
Now,
2.
real
it
wax,
if
ol
have very
will
which nobody
dles, in
fine
boug e
will ever
or real
wax can-
way
for
figures or ornaments.
To make
They
generally
make
The
Soap.
and marbled.
soap,
white, or, as
is
is.
It
it
in the
copper where-
at last
absorbed the
vitriol,
but
this
blue hue subsides entirely, and the red alone predomito form the soap, the memake different lyes with all these sorts of matters
and, when they are sufFxiently charged (which beginners know by their carrying an egg swimming, without
nates.
thod
is
In order, therefore,
to
its
THE LABORATORY.
426
the
imbibed
the
all
salts
Then by
untasty.
oils
have so well
and
is
let out,
on purpose,
such as
Pound
in the Fire.
into
of twenty-four
If with
hours.
To prevent burning
one's.
it
this
in the
Fingers
in
fire,
composition
it
will
not
melted Lead.
Take
hands with
this
pot of melted lead, and this will have no effect upon them.
A Fire which
Take
ounces of gun-powder
five
phur,
two
each.
Mix
camphor,
all
resiny fir-tree.
throw them
still,
even
if
cannot be extinguished
resin,
and
you
fill
bj/
nitre,
Water.
three
turpentine,
it
with rectified
sul-
one
of
oil
of
composition, and
To
MISCELLANEOUS,
To prevent
Distil some
the Oil of a
Lamp from
oil will
smoking.
427
oil
over
it,
it,
and limpid
when
which,
oil,
To make an
Take
what
you
size
like,
incombustible Wick.
and bore
in
its
of
quick-lime,
if
you
light
the
it,
you
it.
A Stone which
Take
which cut of
is
refined
Alexandrian
nitre,
tutty,
and
and camphor, of each two parts. Put all into subtile
powder, and sift it through the finest sieve. Then put
all into a new piece of cloth, and tie it very close and
another crucible,
be
tight.
Put
this
oven, to dry.
ail
set in
the
or
sun,
over
baker's
bricks
are
THE LABORATORY,
42S
Then you
baked.
of water
to
To
it.
put
it
out,
to
Muscat.
You
flowers
boiis
when
the wine
Then, a
still'.
is
little
done pressing
bag of elder
and while
the Vin-doux.
in at the
bottom of the
common
Take
perfectly bursted.
Stir
creamy part
out.
it
boil in
it
hog-
this liquor in a
boiling, or in fer-
is still a
two quarts of
it
little
the
excellent Taste.
till it is
if
size.
To make Vin-bourru, of an
water
it
To make
When
in the cask a
just
little
flowers.
To
Take
dr
if
imitate Malvoisie.
hm.
Bruise
them
coarsely,
Then
take
these
MISCELLANEOUS.
these drugs out,
them hang
in
429
into White,
make
If you want to
and White
Forty days
and
let it settle
To
prevent Wine
Cask, and
agreeable.
to
from
give
to
whiten
after,
again
and
into Red.
effect.
both a Taste
it
and Flavour
quite
it
turning dead, if
it
should get
air.
One month
may
by dissipating
then
its
power on the
grains, and,
in
to be pressed.
To make
a sweet
Gather
On the
them
for three
whole
them under
the
THE LABORATORY.
4/30
first
When these
put to every
fifty
take
it
To
which put
shavings,
To make
days
after, take
you may do
the cask a quart of very clear whey.
putting in
a bag,
into
Two
it.
clarify', in two
Take
lye,
its
it one ounce
few days after,
of
quarts
the
to
make
it
white,
and
it
by
Take
the
first,
all
over with
cask and
tar,
stop
it
well, then
wood
cover them
them there for forty days.
After which term you may take them out, and the wine
contained in them will keep new for twelve months.
to
To make Wine
Place
in the vat,
To
Take clean
turn Black.
clarify
is
a fermenting.
Wine which
is
turned.
of roses, as
rcch-alum
much
put
MISCELLANEOUS.
pat
it
till
Put
as
it
will
Then take
for
one week
let
it
at least.
out
it
ounce of
Two
in
Take
be quite clear.
Mix
To
all
4.31
oil
spoiling
and turning.
of sulphur.
Put on
up in a bag.
tied
fif salt,
Put
of gentian-root, tied
in a bag.
To
Fill
restore a
Wine turned
sour or sharp.
To
Put
restore a
in the
twisters
in the cask.
little
saltish
or else the
or again*
pine kernels.
Jo
THE lAEORATORY.
432
into"
Vinegar.
Take
taste as
an old Wine.
following drugs,,
of hepatic aloes
To
Draw
and mix
grind,
and hang
in a bag,
it
restore a
a pailful of
all
it
in the wine.
it
or,
Wine
turned.
ther good sort, which you boil, and throw quite boiling
is
its
you
good
will find
To
it
as
restore a
Draw
bung.
as ever
it
good
it,
and
its
own
lye,
and put
it
lye.
in
the wine.
tity
And,
of liquor,
let
in proportion as
down the
bag.
Put
pricking.
pound of
spirit
of
tartar.
Or,
else,
MISCELLANEOUS.
433
when
else,
To
Extract
this
when
every hogshead
at
Martinmas
To clarify Wine
Put
well
two
in
in the cask
skimmed
easily.
Put
in the cask
turning.
Knead
after having
it.
in
Wine.
Another Method.
Take
ters,
to the
afterwards take
bad
them
them
out,
Then
tye
them with
and they
it
One month
the
vol.
i.
To
THE LABORATORY.
434
To
Boil
reduction of two.
and pour
it
Strain
To
Change
its
own
lye,
upon
that of
wine.
cloth,
with a stick
good
many
dry
many
experiments.
To sweeten a
Put
tart
Wine.
Another Way.
Boil
a quantity of
part out of
it,
and
honey
strain
order to get
in
able.
turning,
all
the
waxy
it
it
will
render
Of
quarts to half a
it
perfectly agree-
its
Take,
sand
throw
in the
it
basonfuls of river
in the cask.
3
To
MISCELLANEOUS.
433
it
an agreeable
Flavour.
Take
ripe.
fectly,
Then
its
bung.
you
will
have
Take
a pailful of viout,
agreeable Flavour.
Put
all
bits,
let it
down
which
boil
Then mix
consistence of honey.
into a bag,
and
with
in the cask
by
suffi-
from coming
at
it.
it
well,
and there
will
drop from the bag into the wine a liquor which will give
it
most agreeable
Throw
:
in the cask
of these two
the wine
taste.
fruits
for, if
swim,
there be any,
To separate
the
it
will sink.
Put
f f 2
may
THE LABORATORY.
450
may happen
that wick or
You may
to
will
still
out by
filter.
again put
of ivy-wood
some of
this
To ungrease Wine
Take common
salt,
in less
Tie
all
and
in a bag,
stir
which take
after
fix it to
out,
and
ever.
To
Put
make
in the cask
restore a Wine.
of a wire fixed
fire
plaster.
Then
and, by
means
one of
to
To
Put
Let
it
in
and sourness
in
Wine.
down
this out,
is
perfectly restored.
Another Way.
Fill
it
will
let
it
down
in the- wine;
Another
MISCELLANEOUS.
437
Another Way.
Put
them out
To
till it
restored to
is
it is
its
good
heated, one
then take
again.
too
much
addicted
to
drink Wine.
be so
much
made much
use of
it,
they will
now have an
Cut,
in the spring, a
aversion to
it.
less certain.
he
will
it
to a
man
already drunk,
To prevent
"with
drinking.
some time
one ounce of
afterwards as
Take
Another Way.
Eat
same
almonds
fasting
this will
have the
effect.
Another
THE LABORATORY.
4-3$
Another Way.
It
affirmed, that if
is
roasted
solutely
cess of drinking.
Another Way.
You may
eat, in
sallad,
Another Method.
a cru-
cible.
stone,
in the
same
Another Way.
Pound
in
you
will
will
not be intoxicated.
will
and give
it
to drink.
India,
i-n
drinks
Another
MISCELLANEOUS.
439
Another Way.
Boil
in water
some mandrake's
it is
To
Make
Of that
a boiling.
it
will
liquor, if
you
soon be drunk.
To prevent
it
a large tea-spoonful of
salt.
Chew
breath,
Take
which
is
lists
green.
spirit
to
the last.
it
After
it
into a
hogshead of wine.
That wine
will
keep good
it.
Printed by C. Whittinjham,
Dean
Street,
Fetter*ane, London.
foi
J<Yre - JI orAf
(^
Hbre -Wb-rJbs.
Plate. S
BLATJE3
i/Vpf -?A
J/i r .'.,y//anatimi
faye
ffO.
Plate
.4
J>7n tPs
lt ,
:f:latx
-v.
&LASS ^LOWIKG,
ZeJLATE,
(I.
ZPLATE.VH.
TTLATfWIIT
PL^TEIX
PLATJE,
IPJLATE.Xr
J'LA_T;t Xfi,
.
PLATE XIII
PL ATE. XIV.
.y/t{&?/??/b
AVfjUKMEN^ l^AMKS
^JvAn
C^S/f/'l/i,
SAtomaJ
-B
/JsU)
n a/tier
./c/Je^/t
'amej
.^f?//t
/*
'
ucta-m
c?is*?,iw.
~V
0^,^/^Q)
-y/carm/U;
"Woirkmens ISames
~X*/u
/y
-pla.ti.xv
4^ r
i
KKivt
j-vi
&
&
ft
r. a
1
$.
NJ
1
Shi
ft
^
si
a
ft
//
///// le
</
/ or v
vteZ\1
Pl-xvh
1 al/^e
fA2se
??
Pl-XVH
of f/te
TTULWier'
<>/'
Vll
Nl
\\
&N
\\^^ X
>s,
N1
fcT*
"Nj
K
\
-N
^*
J
>-
SSI
>
l>
<!
K^>
s>
<5s>
"^
Cva
i'^kVsfc
fcO
sh>
'X-
&
vVv^r^^/?^.
PlatjsXWH.
o*-(>/
^-
V
'
>
t~
^_
71
-vf
>/
77
rvtdtd
r
/-J
h*J
-
*r
a/So. -//?/
./-
r-
>//v
/_ Z
7-
-/
;\yo/re
e'/<
f/f e
/ //
>
>
<m
/o/\
O r/r/v rr
'
'*-';[
r>f o///'
.'
Platj
fr/sUr f/ o /f .^
<y\
'A
Ar/
/f,>
re?//?
r
'/>
/t/'.<
paa in
//
////A
/'(.>///<<'
///tr ///fj-rt/
////</
n
f/cf/f/////
f'
// f/
c>f//;> r//'c,i
ry/'ffr/
'7/f
/v^c/
/ff///f/j
ewe
/?
//// fV/r
/V^
////'//
f?
/.j
,///e/f
/'.
r///f/
rf/'s/f/'j
/?///,/
/.>
/?
ft /.if).
y/ff
/f/nr frr/
a^
;///'///
^7^
z7
/*
/>/,/
/u+) /t(f//f/
(>/ -/-///-
f//
aff7
r///f/ f/b&
/.1
///J ,
---
f//y frY?/r/.
/y
u-fo/y?? /rf//
fA
f//
any//
SPECIAL*
<te-&
Ktol
v.
2 9(3/